EnerSys - SEC Filing

View:

Download DOC

Download PDF

Download XLS

Download XBRL

Form 10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

x	Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011 or

¨	Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the transition period from to

Commission file number: 001-32253

ENERSYS

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

23-3058564

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

2366 Bernville Road

Reading, Pennsylvania 19605

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 610-208-1991

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:


Title of each class		Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share		New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. x YES ¨ NO

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. ¨ YES x NO

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. x YES ¨ NO

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YES x NO ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (Section 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “ accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.


Large accelerated filer x		Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨		Smaller reporting company ¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). ¨ YES x NO

State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates at October 3, 2010: $1,149,080,278 (1) (based upon its closing transaction price on the New York Stock Exchange on October 1, 2010).

(1)	For this purpose only, “non-affiliates” excludes directors and executive officers.

Common stock outstanding at May 26, 2011: 50,218,589 Shares of Common Stock

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on August 4, 2011 are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “Reform Act”) provides a safe harbor for forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of EnerSys. EnerSys and its representatives may, from time to time, make written or verbal forward-looking statements, including statements contained in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission and its reports to stockholders. Generally, the inclusion of the words “anticipates,” “believe,” “expect,” “future,” “intend,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “will,” “plans,” or the negative of such terms and similar expressions identify statements that constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that are intended to come within the safe harbor protection provided by those sections. All statements addressing operating performance, events, or developments that EnerSys expects or anticipates will occur in the future, including statements relating to sales growth, earnings or earnings per share growth, and market share, as well as statements expressing optimism or pessimism about future operating results, are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Reform Act. The forward-looking statements are and will be based on management’s then-current beliefs and assumptions regarding future events and operating performance and on information currently available to management, and are applicable only as of the dates of such statements.

Forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Although we do not make forward-looking statements unless we believe we have a reasonable basis for doing so, we cannot guarantee their accuracy. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements due to a number of uncertainties and risks, including the risks described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and other unforeseen risks. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. These statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, even if subsequently made available by us on our website or otherwise, and we undertake no obligation to update or revise these statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements for a number of reasons, including the following factors:

•

general cyclical patterns of the industries in which our customers operate;

•

the extent to which we cannot control our fixed and variable costs;

•

the raw material in our products may experience significant fluctuations in market price and availability;

•

certain raw materials constitute hazardous materials that may give rise to costly environmental and safety claims;

•

legislation regarding the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in our products;

•

risks involved in foreign operations such as disruption of markets, changes in import and export laws, currency restrictions and currency exchange rate fluctuations;

•

our ability to raise our selling prices to our customers when our product costs increase;

•

the extent to which we are able to efficiently utilize our global manufacturing facilities and optimize their capacity;

•

general economic conditions in the markets in which we operate;

•

competitiveness of the battery markets throughout the world;

•

our timely development of competitive new products and product enhancements in a changing environment and the acceptance of such products and product enhancements by customers;

•

our ability to adequately protect our proprietary intellectual property, technology and brand names;

•

unanticipated litigation and regulatory proceedings to which we might be subject;

•

our ability to implement our cost reduction initiatives successfully and improve our profitability;

•

unanticipated quality problems associated with our products;

•

our ability to implement business strategies, including our acquisition strategy, manufacturing expansion and restructuring plans;

•

our acquisition strategy may not be successful in locating advantageous targets;

•

our ability to successfully integrate any assets, liabilities, customers, systems and management personnel we acquire into our operations and our ability to realize related revenue synergies and cost savings within expected time frames;

•

our debt and debt service requirements which may restrict our operational and financial flexibility, as well as imposing unfavorable interest and financing costs;

•

our ability to maintain our existing credit facilities or obtain satisfactory new credit facilities;

•

adverse changes in our short and long-term debt levels under our credit facilities;

•

our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates on our variable-rate debt;

•

our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel;

•

our ability to maintain good relations with labor unions;

•

credit risk associated with our customers, including risk of insolvency and bankruptcy;

•

our ability to successfully recover in the event of a disaster affecting our infrastructure; and

•

terrorist acts or acts of war, whether in the United States or abroad, could cause damage or disruption to our operations, our suppliers, channels to market or customers, or could cause costs to increase, or create political or economic instability.

This list of factors that may affect future performance is illustrative, but by no means exhaustive. Accordingly, all forward-looking statements should be evaluated with the understanding of their inherent uncertainty.

EnerSys

Annual Report on Form 10-K

For the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2011

Index


		Page
PART I

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements			2

Item 1.	Business		5

Item 1A.	Risk Factors		11

Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments		16

Item 2.	Properties		17

Item 3.	Legal Proceedings		18

Item 4.	Removed and Reserved		18

PART II

Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		18

Item 6.	Selected Financial Data		21

Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		22

Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk		49

Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		52

Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		96

Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures		96

Item 9B.	Other Information		96

PART III

Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		97

Item 11.	Executive Compensation		97

Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management Related Stockholder Matters		97

Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence		97

Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services		97

PART IV

Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules		98

	Signatures		102

PART I

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

Overview

EnerSys (the “Company,” “we,” or “us”) is the world’s largest manufacturer, marketer and distributor of industrial batteries. We also manufacture, market and distribute related products such as chargers, power equipment and battery accessories, and we provide related after-market and customer-support services for industrial batteries. We market and sell our products globally to over 10,000 customers in more than 100 countries through a network of distributors, independent representatives and our internal sales force.

We operate and manage our business in three geographic regions of the world—Americas, Europe and Asia, as described below. Our business is highly decentralized with manufacturing locations throughout the world. More than half of our manufacturing capacity is located outside of the United States, and approximately 60% of our net sales were generated outside of the United States. The Company has three reportable business segments based on geographic regions, defined as follows:

•

Americas, which includes North and South America, with our segment headquarters in Reading, Pennsylvania, USA,

•

Europe, which includes Europe, the Middle East and Africa, with our segment headquarters in Zurich, Switzerland, and

•

Asia, which includes Asia, Australia and Oceania, with our segment headquarters in Singapore.

We have two primary industrial battery product lines: reserve power products and motive power products. Net sales classifications by product line are as follows:

•

Reserve power products are used for backup power for the continuous operation of critical applications in telecommunications systems, uninterruptible power systems, or “UPS”, applications for computer and computer-controlled systems, and other specialty power applications, including security systems, for premium starting, lighting and ignition applications, in switchgear, electrical control systems used in electric utilities and energy pipelines, in commercial aircraft, satellites, military aircraft, submarines, ships, tactical vehicles and portable energy packs.

•

Motive power products are used to provide power for manufacturing, warehousing and other material handling equipment, primarily electric industrial forklift trucks, mining equipment, and for diesel locomotive starting and other rail equipment.

Additionally, see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information on segment reporting and Note 24 for revenue by country and other required disclosures.

Fiscal Year Reporting

In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, when we refer to our fiscal years, we state “fiscal” and the year, as in “fiscal 2011”, which refers to our fiscal year ended March 31, 2011. The Company reports interim financial information for 13-week periods, except for the first quarter, which always begins on April 1, and the fourth quarter, which always ends on March 31. The four quarters in fiscal 2011 ended on July 4, 2010, October 3, 2010, January 2, 2011, and March 31, 2011, respectively. The four quarters in fiscal 2010 ended on June 28, 2009, September 27, 2009, December 27, 2009, and March 31, 2010, respectively.

History

EnerSys and its predecessor companies have been manufacturers of industrial batteries for over 100 years. Morgan Stanley Capital Partners teamed with the management of Yuasa, Inc. in late 2000 to acquire from Yuasa Corporation (Japan) its reserve power and motive power battery businesses in North and South America. We were incorporated in October 2000 for the purpose of completing the Yuasa, Inc. acquisition. On January 1, 2001, we changed our name from Yuasa, Inc. to EnerSys to reflect our focus on the energy systems nature of our businesses.

Today, our reserve power batteries are marketed and sold principally under the ABSL, ABSL Power, ABSL Space, ArmaSafePlus, Cyclon, DataSafe, Genesis, Hawker, Odyssey, Oerlikon Battery, PowerSafe and SuperSafe brands. Our motive power batteries are marketed and sold principally under the Douglas Battery, Express, Fiamm Motive Power, General Battery, Hawker and Ironclad brands. We also manufacture and sell related DC power products including chargers, electronic power equipment and a wide variety of battery accessories. Our battery products span a broad range of sizes, configurations and electrical capacities, enabling us to meet a wide variety of customer applications.

In 2004, EnerSys completed an initial public offering (the “IPO”). The Company’s Registration Statement (SEC File No. 333-115553) for its IPO was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the Company’s common stock commenced trading on the New York Stock Exchange, under the trading symbol “ENS.”

We have expanded our product offerings and services globally through internal growth and acquisitions.

During March 2002, we acquired the reserve power and motive power business of the Energy Storage Group of Invensys plc. (“ESG”). During fiscal years 2003 through 2009, we acquired twelve battery businesses around the globe.

During fiscal 2010, we made three acquisitions, the most significant of which was the acquisition of the industrial battery businesses of the Swiss company Accu Holding AG, which included the acquisition of the stock of OEB Traction Batteries and the operating assets and liabilities of Oerlikon Stationery Batteries and its Swedish sales subsidiary (all collectively referred to as “Oerlikon”).

During fiscal 2011, we made three acquisitions, the most significant of which was the acquisition of a lithium-ion battery business, ABSL Power Solutions Ltd. (“ABSL”). We have also expanded thin-plate pure-lead technology (“TPPL”) capacity at our facilities in Warrensburg, MO and Newport, UK.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our financial position is strong and we have substantial liquidity with $109 million of available cash and cash equivalents and undrawn committed and uncommitted credit lines of approximately $356 million at March 31, 2011 to cover short-term liquidity requirements. Our new $350 million 2011 senior secured revolving credit facility (“2011 Credit Facility”), which we entered into in March 2011, is committed through March 2016 as long as we continue to comply with its covenants and conditions. The facility includes an early termination provision under which the Company is required to meet a liquidity test in February 2015 related to its capacity to meet certain potential funding obligations of the $172.5 million senior unsecured 3.375% convertible notes (“Convertible Notes”) in June 2015. The new credit facility provides us with more favorable terms and conditions and an extended maturity which will allow us considerable flexibility to fund both our organic growth as well as strategic acquisitions.

The Convertible Notes were issued in May 2008 with a face amount of $172.5 million and can be put to the Company for payment in cash or common stock of EnerSys in 2015. Other than the 2011 Credit Facility and the Convertible Notes, we have no other significant amount of debt maturing in the near future.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, we executed the 75.0 million Chinese Renminbi (RMB) ($11.5 million) credit facility (“China Term Loan”). This is a six-year term loan to provide a portion of the capital requirements for our operations in China. At March 31, 2011, we had drawn RMB 40.0 million ($6.1 million). This term loan currently bears interest at a rate of 7.26% per annum, adjusted annually, based on the official Peoples Bank of China Bank Rate and is payable in quarterly installments of RMB 2.0 million ($0.3 million) commencing in April 2012.

(See Liquidity and Capital Resources in Item 7 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS and Notes 8, 11 and 12 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8).

Our Customers

We serve over 10,000 customers in over 100 countries, on a direct basis or through our distributors. We are not overly dependent on any particular end market. Our customer base is highly diverse and no single customer accounts for more than 5% of our revenues.

Our reserve power customers consist of regional customers as well as global customers. These customers are in diverse markets including telecom, UPS, electric utilities, security systems, emergency lighting, premium starting, lighting and ignition applications and space satellites. In addition, we sell our aerospace and defense products in numerous countries, including the governments of the U.S., Germany and the U.K. and to major defense and aviation original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”).

Our motive power products are sold to a large, diversified customer base. These customers include material handling equipment dealers, OEMs and end users of such equipment. End users include manufacturers, distributors, warehouse operators, retailers, airports, mine operators and railroads.

Distribution and Services

We distribute, sell and service reserve power products globally through a combination of company-owned offices, independent manufacturers’ representatives and distributors managed by our regional sales managers. With our global manufacturing locations and regional warehouses, we believe we are well positioned to meet our customers’ delivery and servicing requirements. We have targeted our approach to meet local market conditions, which we believe provides the best possible service for our regional customers and our global accounts.

We distribute, sell and service our motive power products throughout the world, principally through company-owned sales and service facilities, as well as through independent manufacturers’ representatives. We believe we are one of the only battery manufacturers in the motive power battery industry that operates a primarily company-owned service network. This company owned network allows us to offer high-quality service, including preventative maintenance programs and customer support. Our warehouses and service locations enable us to respond quickly to customers in the markets we serve. We believe that the extensive industry experience of our sales organization results in strong long-term customer relationships.

Manufacturing and Raw Materials

We manufacture and assemble reserve power and motive power batteries and related products at manufacturing facilities located in the Americas, Europe and Asia. With a view toward projected demand, we strive to optimize and balance capacity at our battery manufacturing facilities located around the world, while simultaneously minimizing our product cost. By taking a global view of our manufacturing requirements and capacity, we are better able to anticipate potential capacity bottlenecks and equipment and capital funding needs.

The primary raw materials used to manufacture our products include lead, plastics, steel and copper. We purchase lead from a number of leading suppliers throughout the world. Because lead is traded on the world’s commodity markets and its price fluctuates daily, we periodically enter into hedging arrangements for a portion of our projected requirements to reduce the volatility of our costs.

Competition

The industrial battery market is highly competitive both among competitors who manufacture and sell industrial batteries and among customers who purchase industrial batteries. Our competitors range from development stage companies to large domestic and international corporations. Certain of our competitors produce energy storage products utilizing technologies that we do not produce at this time. We compete primarily on the basis of reputation, product quality, reliability of service, delivery and price. We believe that our products and services are competitively priced.

Europe

We believe we have the largest market share in the European industrial battery market. We compete principally with Exide Technologies in the reserve and motive products markets; FIAMM, NorthStar, SAFT as well as Chinese producers in the reserve products market; and Hoppecke in the motive products market.

Americas

We believe we have the largest market share in the Americas industrial battery market. We compete principally with Exide Technologies and East Penn Manufacturing in the reserve and motive products markets; and C&D Technologies Inc., NorthStar, SAFT and EaglePicher (OM Group) in the reserve products market.

Asia

We have a small share of the fragmented Asian industrial battery market. We compete principally with GS-Yuasa, Shin-Kobe and Zibo Torch in the motive products market and Coslight, Narada and China Shoto in the reserve products market.

Warranties

Warranties for our products vary geographically and by product type and are competitive with other suppliers of these types of products. Generally, our reserve power product warranties range from one to twenty years and our motive power product warranties range from one to seven-years. The length of our warranties is sometimes extended to reflect varied regional characteristics and competitive influences. In some cases, our warranty period may include a pro rata period, which is typically based around the design life of the product and the application served. Our warranties generally cover defects in workmanship and materials and are limited to specific usage parameters.

Intellectual Property

We have numerous patents and patent licenses in the United States and other jurisdictions but do not consider any one patent to be material to our business. From time to time, we apply for patents on new inventions and designs, but we believe that the growth of our business will depend primarily upon the quality of our products and our relationships with our customers, rather than the extent of our patent protection.

Although other manufacturers may possess certain TPPL technology, we believe we are the only manufacturer of products using this technology in the reserve power markets. Some aspects of this technology may be patented in the future. In any event, we believe that a significant capital investment would be required by any party desiring to produce products using TPPL technology for these markets.

We own or possess exclusive and non-exclusive licenses and other rights to use a number of trademarks in various jurisdictions. We have obtained registrations for many of these trademarks in the United States and other jurisdictions. Our various trademark registrations currently have durations of approximately 10 to 20 years,

varying by mark and jurisdiction of registration and may be renewable. We endeavor to keep all of our material registrations current. We believe that many such rights and licenses are important to our business by helping to develop strong brand-name recognition in the marketplace. Some of the significant (registered and unregistered) trademarks that we use include: ArmaSafePlus, Cyclon, DataSafe, Deserthog, Douglas Battery, Douglas Legacy, Energia , FIAMM Motive Power, General Battery, Genesis, Hawker, HUP, Ironclad, LifeGuard, LifePlus, Life Speed, LifeTech, Loadhog, Odyssey, Oerlikon Battery, Oldham, Perfect Plus, PowerGuard, PowerSafe, ProSeries, Redion, Smarthog, Superhog, Supersafe, TeleData, Varta, Waterless, Wi-IQ, Workhog and XFC Flex.

Seasonality

Our business generally does not experience significant quarterly fluctuations in net sales as a result of weather or other trends that can be directly linked to seasonality patterns. However, our earnings are impacted by our summer manufacturing shutdowns and holidays primarily in North America and Western Europe.

Product and Process Development

Our product and process development efforts are focused on the creation and optimization of new battery products using existing technologies, which, in certain cases, differentiate our stored energy solutions from that of our competition. We allocate our resources to the following key areas:

•

the design and development of new products;

•

optimizing and expanding our existing product offering;

•

waste and scrap reduction;

•

production efficiency and utilization;

•

capacity expansion without additional facilities; and

•

quality attribute maximization.

Employees

At March 31, 2011, we had approximately 8,400 employees. Of these employees, approximately 40% were covered by collective bargaining agreements. The average term of these agreements is two years, with the longest term being four years. These agreements expire over the period from calendar years 2011 to 2014.

We consider our employee relations to be good. Historically, we have not experienced any significant labor unrest or disruption of production.

Environmental Matters

In the manufacture of our products throughout the world, we process, store, dispose of and otherwise use large amounts of hazardous materials, especially lead and acid. As a result, we are subject to extensive and changing environmental, health and safety laws and regulations governing, among other things: the generation, handling, storage, use, transportation and disposal of hazardous materials; emissions or discharges of hazardous materials into the ground, air or water; and the health and safety of our employees. In addition, we are required to comply with the regulation issued from the European Economic Union called Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals or “REACH,” that entered into force on June 1, 2007. Under the regulation, companies which manufacture or import more than one ton of a chemical substance per year will be required to register it in a central database administered by the new European Chemicals Agency. REACH will require a registration, over a period of 11 years, of some 30,000 chemical substances. Compliance with these laws and regulations results in ongoing costs. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations, or to obtain or comply with required environmental permits, could result in fines, criminal charges or other sanctions by

regulators. From time to time, we have had instances of alleged or actual noncompliance that have resulted in the imposition of fines, penalties and required corrective actions. Our ongoing compliance with environmental, health and safety laws, regulations and permits could require us to incur significant expenses, limit our ability to modify or expand our facilities or continue production and require us to install additional pollution control equipment and make other capital improvements. In addition, private parties, including current or former employees, can bring personal injury or other claims against us due to the presence of, or their exposure to, hazardous substances used, stored, transported or disposed of by us or contained in our products.

Certain environmental laws assess liability on owners or operators of real property for the cost of investigation, removal or remediation of hazardous substances at their current or former properties or at properties at which they have disposed of hazardous substances. These laws may also assess costs to repair damage to natural resources. We may be responsible for remediating damage to our properties that was caused by former owners. Soil and groundwater contamination has occurred at some of our current and former properties and may occur or be discovered at other properties in the future. In addition, we have been and may, in the future be liable to contribute to the cleanup of locations owned or operated by other persons to which we or our predecessor companies have sent wastes for disposal, pursuant to federal and other environmental laws. Under these laws, the owner or operator of contaminated properties and companies that generated, disposed of or arranged for the disposal of wastes sent to a contaminated disposal facility can be held jointly and severally liable for the investigation and cleanup of such properties, regardless of fault.

Sumter, South Carolina

We currently are responsible for certain environmental obligations at our former battery facility in Sumter, South Carolina that predate our ownership of this facility. This battery facility was closed in 2001 and is separate from our current metal fabrication facility in Sumter. We have established a reserve for this facility that totaled $3.3 million as of March 31, 2011. Based on current information, we believe this reserve is adequate to satisfy our environmental liabilities at this facility.

Environmental and safety certifications

Eleven of our twenty eight facilities in the United States, Europe and Asia are certified to ISO 14001 standards. ISO 14001 is a globally recognized, voluntary program that focuses on the implementation, maintenance and continual improvement of an environmental management system and the improvement of environmental performance. Two facilities in Europe are certified to OHSAS 18001 standards.

Quality Systems

We utilize a global strategy for quality management systems, policies and procedures, the basis of which is the ISO 9001:2000 standard, which is a worldwide recognized quality standard. We believe in the principles of this standard and reinforce this by requiring mandatory compliance for all manufacturing, sales and service locations that are registered to the ISO 9001 standard. This strategy enables us to provide consistent quality products and services to meet our customers’ needs.

Available Information

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These filings are available to the public on the Internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room, located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room.

Our Internet address is http://www.enersys.com. We make available free of charge on http://www.enersys.com our annual, quarterly and current reports, and amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practical after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

The following risks and uncertainties, as well as others described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, could materially and adversely affect our business, our results of operations and financial conditions and could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations and projections. Stockholders are cautioned that these and other factors, including those beyond our control, may affect future performance and cause actual results to differ from those which may, from time to time, be anticipated. There may be additional risks that are not presently material or known. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” All forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf are qualified by the risks described below.

We operate in an extremely competitive industry and are subject to pricing pressures.

We compete with a number of major international manufacturers and distributors, as well as a large number of smaller, regional competitors. Due to excess capacity in some sectors of our industry and consolidation among industrial battery purchasers, we have been subjected to significant pricing pressures. We anticipate heightened competitive pricing pressure as Chinese and other foreign producers are able to employ labor at significantly lower costs than producers in the U.S. and Western Europe, expand their export capacity and increase their marketing presence in our major U.S. and European markets. Several of our competitors have strong technical, marketing, sales, manufacturing, distribution and other resources, as well as significant name recognition, established positions in the market and long-standing relationships with OEMs and other customers. In addition, certain of our competitors own lead smelting facilities which, during periods of lead cost increases or price volatility, may provide a competitive pricing advantage and reduce their exposure to volatile raw material costs. Our ability to maintain and improve our operating margins has depended, and continues to depend, on our ability to control and reduce our costs. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to reduce our operating expenses, to raise or maintain our prices or increase our unit volume, in order to maintain or improve our operating results.

The uncertainty in global economic conditions could negatively affect the Company’s operating results.

Our operating results are directly affected by the general global economic conditions of the industries in which our major customer groups operate. Our business segments are highly dependent on the economic and market conditions in each of the geographic areas in which we operate. Our products are heavily dependent on the end markets that we serve and our operating results will vary by geographic segment, depending on the economic environment in these markets. Sales of our motive power products, for example, depend significantly on demand for new electric industrial forklift trucks, which in turn depends on end-user demand for additional motive capacity in their distribution and manufacturing facilities. The uncertainty in global economic conditions varies by geographic segment, and can result in substantial volatility in global credit markets. These conditions affect our business by reducing prices that our customers may be able or willing to pay for our products or by reducing the demand for our products, which could in turn negatively impact our sales and earnings generation and result in a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, results of operations and financial position.

Risk of forced conversion of Convertible Notes.

Under the terms of our Convertible Notes, a holder of Convertible Notes may require the Company to repurchase some or all of the holder’s Convertible Notes for cash upon the occurrence of a fundamental change as defined in the indenture and on each of June 1, 2015, 2018, 2023, 2028 and 2033 at a price equal to 100% of the accreted principal amount of the Convertible Notes being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, in each case. As of March 31, 2011, the Company has $172.5 million of Convertible Notes outstanding.

It is the Company’s current intent to settle the principal amount of any such conversions in cash, and any additional optional conversions in cash, shares of EnerSys common stock or a combination of cash and shares. The Company expects to have available sufficient liquidity to satisfy any such settlement or optional put or conversion. The Convertible Notes will mature on June 1, 2038, unless earlier converted, redeemed or repurchased by the Company.

Reliance on third party relationships and derivative agreements could adversely affect the Company’s business.

We depend on third parties, including suppliers, distributors, lead toll operators, freight forwarders, insurance brokers, commodity brokers, major financial institutions and other third party service providers, for key aspects of our business including the provision of derivative contracts to manage risks of: a) lead cost volatility, b) foreign currency exposures and c) interest rate volatility on a portion of our long-term floating-rate debt. Failure of these third parties to meet their contractual, regulatory and other obligations to the Company or the development of factors that materially disrupt our relationships with these third parties could expose us to the risks of higher lead costs, unfavorable foreign currency rates and higher interest expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our raw materials costs are volatile and expose us to significant movements in our product costs.

Lead is our most significant raw material and is used along with significant amounts of plastics, steel, copper and other materials in our manufacturing processes. We estimate that raw material costs account for over half of our cost of goods sold. The costs of these raw materials, particularly lead, are volatile and beyond our control.

Volatile raw material costs can significantly affect our operating results and make period-to-period comparisons extremely difficult. We cannot assure you that we will be able to hedge the costs of our raw material requirements at a reasonable level or pass on to our customers the increased costs of our raw materials.

Our operations expose us to the risk of material environmental, health and safety liabilities, costs, and litigation.

In the manufacture of our products throughout the world, we process, store, dispose of and otherwise use large amounts of hazardous materials, especially lead and acid. As a result, we are subject to extensive and changing environmental, health and safety laws and regulations governing, among other things: the generation, handling, storage, use, transportation and disposal of hazardous materials; remediation of polluted ground or water; emissions or discharges of hazardous materials into the ground, air or water; and the health and safety of our employees. Compliance with these laws and regulations results in ongoing costs. Failure to comply with these laws or regulations, or to obtain or comply with required environmental permits, could result in fines, criminal charges or other sanctions by regulators. From time to time we have had instances of alleged or actual noncompliance that have resulted in the imposition of fines, penalties and required corrective actions. Our ongoing compliance with environmental, health and safety laws, regulations and permits could require us to incur significant expenses, limit our ability to modify or expand our facilities or continue production and require us to install additional pollution control equipment and make other capital improvements. In addition, private parties, including current or former employees, could bring personal injury or other claims against us due to the presence of, or exposure to, hazardous substances used, stored or disposed of by us or contained in our products.

Certain environmental laws assess liability on owners or operators of real property for the cost of investigation, removal or remediation of hazardous substances at their current or former properties or at properties at which they have disposed of hazardous substances. These laws may also assess costs to repair damage to natural resources. We may be responsible for remediating damage to our properties that was caused by former owners. Soil and groundwater contamination has occurred at some of our current and former properties and may occur or be discovered at other properties in the future. We are currently investigating and monitoring soil and groundwater contamination at several of our properties, in most cases as required by regulatory permitting processes. We may be required to conduct these operations at other properties in the future. In addition, we have been and in the future may be liable to contribute to the cleanup of locations owned or operated by other persons to which we or our predecessor companies have sent wastes for disposal, pursuant to federal and other environmental laws. Under these laws, the owner or operator of contaminated properties and companies that generated, disposed of or arranged for the disposal of wastes sent to a contaminated disposal facility can be held jointly and severally liable for the investigation and cleanup of such properties, regardless of fault.

We cannot assure you that we have been or at all times will be in compliance with environmental laws and regulations or that we will not be required to expend significant funds to comply with, or discharge liabilities arising under, environmental laws, regulations and permits, or that we will not be exposed to material environmental, health or safety litigation.

We are exposed to exchange rate risks, and our net income and financial condition may suffer due to currency translations.

We invoice the majority of our foreign sales and service transactions in local and foreign currencies and translate net sales using actual exchange rates during the period. We translate our non-U.S. assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars using current exchange rates as of the balance sheet date. Because a significant portion of our revenues and expenses are denominated in foreign currencies, changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies, primarily the euro, British pound and Polish zloty, may adversely affect our revenue, cost of revenue and operating margins. For example, foreign currency depreciation against the U.S. dollar will reduce the value of our foreign revenues and operating earnings as well as reduce our net investment in foreign subsidiaries. Approximately 60% of net sales were generated outside of the United States for the last three fiscal years.

Most of the risk of fluctuating foreign currencies is in our Europe segment, which comprised just under 50% of our net sales during the last two fiscal years. The euro is the dominant currency in our European operations.

The translation impact from currency fluctuations on net sales and operating earnings in Americas and Asia segments are not significant, as a substantial majority of these net sales and operating earnings are in U.S. dollars or foreign currencies that have been closely correlated to the U.S. dollar.

If foreign currencies depreciate against the U.S. dollar, it would make it more expensive for our non-U.S. subsidiaries to purchase certain of our raw material commodities that are priced globally in U.S. dollars, while the related revenue will decrease when translated to U.S. dollars. Significant movements in foreign exchange rates can have a material impact on our results of operations and financial condition. We periodically engage in hedging of our foreign currency exposures, but cannot assure you that we can successfully hedge all of our foreign currency exposures or do so at a reasonable cost.

We manufacture and assemble our products primarily in Bulgaria, China, the Czech Republic, France, Germany, Mexico, Poland, the United Kingdom and the United States. Approximately 60% of our sales and expenses are translated in foreign currencies. Our sales revenue, production costs, profit margins and competitive position are affected by the strength of the currencies in countries where we manufacture or purchase goods relative to the strength of the currencies in countries where our products are sold. Additionally, our business could be negatively impacted if some of our competitors manufacture in countries that have a depreciating currency versus the currency in countries where we manufacture. Also, as we report our financial statements in the U.S. dollar, our financial results are affected by the strength of the currencies in countries where we have operations relative to the strength of the U.S. dollar. The principal foreign currencies in which we conduct business are the euro, British pound, Polish zloty, Chinese renminbi and Mexican peso.

We quantify and monitor our global foreign currency exposures. Our largest foreign currency exposure is from the purchase and conversion of U.S. dollar based lead costs into local currencies in Europe. Additionally, we have currency exposures from intercompany financing and trade transactions. On a selective basis, we enter into foreign currency forward contracts and option contracts to reduce the impact from the volatility of currency movements; however, we cannot be certain that foreign currency fluctuations will not impact our operations in the future.

Our international operations may be adversely affected by actions taken by foreign governments or other forces or events over which we may have no control.

We currently have significant manufacturing and/or distribution facilities outside of the United States, including Australia, Belgium, Bulgaria, China, the Czech Republic, France, Germany, Italy, Mexico, Poland, Spain, and Switzerland and the United Kingdom. We may face political instability, economic uncertainty, and/or difficult labor relations in our foreign operations. We also may face barriers in the form of long-standing relationships between potential customers and their existing suppliers, national policies favoring domestic manufacturers and protective regulations including exchange controls, restrictions on foreign investment or the repatriation of profits or invested capital, changes in export or import restrictions and changes in the tax system or rate of taxation in countries where we do business. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully develop and expand our international operations and sales or that we will be able to overcome the significant obstacles and risks of our international operations.

Our failure to introduce new products and product enhancements and broad market acceptance of new technologies introduced by our competitors could adversely affect our business.

Many new energy storage technologies have been introduced over the past several years. For certain important and growing markets, such as aerospace and defense, lithium-based battery technologies have large and growing market share. Our ability to achieve significant and sustained penetration of key developing markets, including aerospace and defense, will depend upon our success in developing or acquiring these and other technologies, either independently, through joint ventures or through acquisitions. If we fail to develop or acquire, and manufacture and sell, products that satisfy our customers’ demands, or we fail to respond effectively to new product announcements by our competitors by quickly introducing competitive products, then market acceptance of our products could be reduced and our business could be adversely affected. We cannot assure you that our lead-acid products will remain competitive with products based on new technologies.

We may not be able to adequately protect our proprietary intellectual property and technology.

We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws, non-disclosure agreements and other confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to establish, protect and maintain our proprietary intellectual property and technology and other confidential information. Certain of these technologies, especially TPPL technology, are important to our business and are not protected by patents. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary intellectual property and technology and other confidential information, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain and use our intellectual property and proprietary technologies.

Relocation of our customers’ operations could adversely affect our business.

The trend by a number of our North American and Western European customers to move manufacturing operations and expand their businesses in faster growing and low labor-cost markets may have an adverse impact on our business. As our customers in traditional manufacturing-based industries seek to move their manufacturing operations to these locations, there is a risk that these customers will source their energy storage products from competitors located in those territories and will cease or reduce the purchase of products from our manufacturing plants. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete effectively with manufacturing operations of energy storage products in those territories, whether by establishing or expanding our manufacturing operations in those lower-cost territories or acquiring existing manufacturers.

We may fail to implement our cost reduction initiatives successfully and improve our profitability.

We must continue to implement cost reduction initiatives to achieve additional cost savings in future periods. We cannot assure you that we will be able to achieve all of the cost savings that we expect to realize from current or future initiatives. In particular, we may be unable to implement one or more of our initiatives

successfully or we may experience unexpected cost increases that offset the savings that we achieve. Given the continued competitive pricing pressures experienced in our industry, our failure to realize cost savings would adversely affect our results of operations.

Quality problems with our products could harm our reputation and erode our competitive position.

The success of our business will depend upon the quality of our products and our relationships with customers. In the event that our products fail to meet our customers’ standards, our reputation could be harmed, which would adversely affect our marketing and sales efforts. We cannot assure you that our customers will not experience quality problems with our products.

We offer our products under a variety of brand names, the protection of which is important to our reputation for quality in the consumer marketplace.

We rely upon a combination of trademark, licensing and contractual covenants to establish and protect the brand names of our products. We have registered many of our trademarks in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and in other countries. In many market segments, our reputation is closely related to our brand names. Monitoring unauthorized use of our brand names is difficult, and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent their unauthorized use, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the U.S. We cannot assure you that our brand names will not be misappropriated or utilized without our consent or that such actions will not have a material adverse effect on our reputation and on our results of operations.

We may fail to implement our plans to make acquisitions or successfully integrate them into our operations.

As part of our business strategy, we have grown, and plan to continue growing, by acquiring other product lines, technologies or facilities that complement or expand our existing business. There is significant competition for acquisition targets in the industrial battery industry. We may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates or negotiate attractive terms. In addition, we may have difficulty obtaining the financing necessary to complete transactions we pursue. In that regard, our credit facilities restrict the amount of additional indebtedness that we may incur to finance acquisitions and place other restrictions on our ability to make acquisitions. Exceeding any of these restrictions would require the consent of our lenders. We may be unable to successfully integrate any assets, liabilities, customers, systems and management personnel we acquire into our operations and we may not be able to realize related revenue synergies and cost savings within expected time frames. Our failure to execute our acquisition strategy could have a material adverse effect on our business. We cannot assure you that our acquisition strategy will be successful or that we will be able to successfully integrate acquisitions we do make.

Any acquisitions that we complete may dilute stockholder ownership interests in EnerSys, may have adverse effects on our financial condition and results of operations and may cause unanticipated liabilities.

Future acquisitions may involve the issuance of our equity securities as payment, in part or in full, for the businesses or assets acquired. Any future issuances of equity securities would dilute stockholder ownership interests. In addition, future acquisitions might not increase, and may even decrease our earnings or earnings per share and the benefits derived by us from an acquisition might not outweigh or might not exceed the dilutive effect of the acquisition. We also may incur additional debt or suffer adverse tax and accounting consequences in connection with any future acquisitions.

The failure of critical computer systems could seriously affect our sales and operations.

We operate a number of critical computer systems throughout our business that can fail for a variety of reasons. If such a failure were to occur, then we may not be able to sufficiently recover from the failure in time to avoid the loss of data or any adverse impact on certain of our operations that are dependent on such systems. This could result in lost sales and the inefficient operation of our facilities for the duration of such a failure.

Our ability to maintain adequate credit facilities.

Our ability to continue our ongoing business operations and fund future growth depends on our ability to maintain adequate credit facilities and to comply with the financial and other covenants in such credit facilities or to secure alternative sources of financing. However, such credit facilities or alternate financing may not be available or, if available, may not be on terms favorable to us.

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

As of March 31, 2011, we had $253.4 million of total consolidated debt (including capital lease obligations). This level of debt could:

•

increase our vulnerability to adverse general economic and industry conditions, including interest rate fluctuations, because a portion of our borrowings bear, and will continue to bear, interest at floating rates;

•

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to debt service payments, which would reduce the availability of our cash to fund working capital, capital expenditures or other general corporate purposes, including acquisitions;

•

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry;

•

restrict our ability to introduce new products or new technologies or exploit business opportunities;

•

place us at a disadvantage compared with competitors that have proportionately less debt;

•

limit our ability to borrow additional funds in the future, if we need them, due to financial and restrictive covenants in our debt agreements;

•

have a material adverse effect on us if we fail to comply with the financial and restrictive covenants in our debt agreements; and

•

dilute share ownership percentage if the Company’s share price is higher than the Convertible Notes’ conversion price of $40.60 per share.

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

Set forth below is certain information, as of March 31, 2011, with respect to our principal properties. The primary function of the listed facilities is manufacturing of industrial batteries, unless otherwise noted.


Location	Products Produced/Function	Size (sq. feet utilized)		Owned/Leased
*Americas:*
Reading, PA	Worldwide and Americas Headquarters		109,000		Owned
Warrensburg, MO	Industrial Batteries		490,000		Owned
Hays, KS	Industrial Batteries		351,000		Owned
Richmond, KY	Industrial Batteries		277,000		Owned
Monterrey, Mexico	Industrial Batteries		181,000		Owned
Tijuana, Mexico	Industrial Batteries		156,000		Owned
Ooltewah, TN	Industrial Batteries		100,750		Owned
Cleveland, OH	Industrial Battery Chargers		66,000		Owned
Sumter, SC	Metal Fabrication		52,000		Owned
Horsham, PA	Industrial Batteries		51,400		Leased
Monterrey, Mexico	Metal Fabrication		44,800		Leased
Longmont, CO	Industrial Batteries		10,300		Leased
Warwick, RI	Design Center		4,000		Leased
Americas	Distribution Centers		579,800		Leased

*Europe:*
Zurich, Switzerland	Europe Headquarters		2,500		Leased
Arras, France	Industrial Batteries and Battery Chargers		486,000		Owned
Targovishte, Bulgaria	Industrial Batteries		483,000		Owned
Bielsko-Biala, Poland	Industrial Batteries		233,180		Owned
Newport, Wales	Industrial Batteries		233,000		Owned
Hagen, Germany	Industrial Batteries		185,000		Owned
Hostimice, Czech Republic	Metal Fabrication		85,310		Owned
Zwickau, Germany	Industrial Batteries		57,000		Leased
Zamudio, Spain	Industrial Battery Assembly and Distribution		55,000		Owned
Thurso, Scotland	Industrial Batteries		43,000		Leased
Tunis, Tunisia	Industrial Batteries		23,000		Leased
Aspropyrgos, Greece	Industrial Battery Assembly and Distribution		18,000		Leased
Culham, England	Industrial Batteries		16,000		Leased
Budapest, Hungary	Industrial Batteries		12,000		Leased
Muttenz, Switzerland	Product Development and Applications Center		7,300		Leased
Europe	Distribution Centers		155,300		Leased

*Asia:*
Singapore	Asia Headquarters		3,200		Leased
Jiangdu, China	Industrial Batteries		160,000		Owned
Shantou, China	Industrial Batteries		92,000		Owned
Sydney, Australia	Industrial Battery Assembly and Distribution		13,000		Leased
Asia	Distribution Centers		176,000		Leased

We believe our present facilities are generally adequate and suitable for our current purposes; however, fluctuations in inventories and production may occur as a reaction to market demand for certain of our products. We engage in construction and other capital improvement projects from time to time in order to expand capacity and improve the efficiency of our production facilities. We also consider the efficiencies of our operations and may from time to time consider changing the number or type of facilities we operate to align with our capacity needs.

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, we are involved in litigation incidental to the conduct of our business. We do not expect that any of this litigation, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flow.

ITEM 4.

REMOVED AND RESERVED

PART II

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

The Company’s common stock has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ENS” since it began trading on July 30, 2004. Prior to that time, there had been no public market for our common stock. The following table sets forth, on a per share basis for the periods presented, the range of high, low and closing prices of the Company’s common stock.


Quarter Ended	High Price		Low Price		Closing Price
July 4, 2010	$	27.23	$	20.74	$	21.32
October 3, 2010		25.50		20.93		25.08
January 2, 2011		33.52		24.44		32.12
March 31, 2011		39.90		31.33		39.75

June 28, 2009	$	19.36	$	12.80	$	18.83
September 27, 2009		22.85		16.38		21.72
December 27, 2009		24.27		21.28		22.18
March 31, 2010		24.99		19.49		24.66

Holders of Record

As of May 26th, 2011, there were approximately 310 record holders of common stock of the Company. Because many of such shares are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, the Company is unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders.

Dividends

We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our common stock, and we have certain restrictions from doing so pursuant to our credit agreements. We currently intend to retain any earnings for future growth and, therefore, do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

During the three fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, we did not issue any unregistered securities.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

The following table summarizes the number of common shares we purchased during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 from participants in our equity incentive plans. As provided by such plans, vested options outstanding may be exercised through surrender to the Company of option shares or vested options outstanding under the plans to satisfy the applicable aggregate exercise price (and any withholding tax) required to be paid upon such exercise.

Purchases of Equity Securities

Period

(a)
Total number
of shares (or
units)
purchased

(b)
Average price
paid per share
(or unit)

(c)
Total number of
shares (or units)
purchased as part of
publicly announced
plans or programs

(d)
Maximum number
(or approximate
dollar value) of shares
(or units) that may be
purchased under the
plans or programs

January 3, 2011-January 30, 2011

—

January 31, 2011-Febuary 27, 2011

—

February 28, 2011-March 31, 2011

—

Total

—

STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The following graph compares the changes in cumulative total returns on EnerSys’ common stock with the changes in cumulative total returns of the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index, a broad equity market index, and the total return on a selected peer group index. The peer group selected is based on the standard industrial classification codes (“SIC Codes”) established by the U.S. government. The index chosen was “Miscellaneous Electrical Equipment and Suppliers” and comprises all publically traded companies having the same three-digit SIC Code (369) as EnerSys. The constituent companies are: A123 Systems Inc., Advanced Battery Technologies Inc., Agrisolar Solutions Inc., Arotech Corp., C & D Technologies Inc., Chatsworth Data Solutions Inc., China BAK Battery Inc., CUI Global Inc., Easy Energy Inc., Ener1 Inc., Energizer Holdings Inc., Exide Technologies, Hydrogen Corp., Imation Corp., Lithium Technology Corp., M-Phase Technologies Inc., Millenium Cell Inc., Motorcar Parts of America, New Energy Systems Group, NX Global Inc., Oak Ridge Micro Energy Inc., Pacific Fuel Cell Corp., Qualstar Corp., Smart Energy Solutions Inc., Socialwise Inc., Spectrum Brand Holdings Inc., Sunvesta Inc., Superlattice Power Inc., Taser International Inc., TNR Technical Inc., Ultralife Batteries Inc., Valence Technology Inc., Wireless Xcessories Group Inc., and Xenonics Holdings Inc. The peer group data points are weighted by market capitalization of the constituent companies.

The graph was prepared assuming that $100 was invested in EnerSys’ common stock, the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index and the peer group (duly updated for changes) on March 31, 2006.

LOGO

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth certain selected consolidated financial and operating data. The selected consolidated financial data presented below for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and as of March 31, 2011 and 2010, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected consolidated financial data presented below for the years ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, and as of March 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition, each included elsewhere, herein.


	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated Statements of Income:
Net sales	$	1,964,462		$	1,579,385		$	1,972,867		$	2,026,640		$	1,504,474
Cost of goods sold		1,514,618			1,218,481			1,559,433			1,644,753			1,193,266

Gross profit		449,844			360,904			413,434			381,887			311,208
Operating expenses		259,217			235,597			256,507			249,350			221,102
Restructuring and other charges		6,813			13,929			22,424			13,191			—
Bargain purchase gain		—			(2,919	)		—			—			—
Gain on sale of facilities		—			—			(11,308	)		—			—
Legal proceedings charge (settlement income)		—			—			3,366			—			(3,753	)

Operating earnings		183,814			114,297			142,445			119,346			93,859
Interest expense		22,038			22,658			26,733			28,917			27,733
Charges related to refinancing		8,155			—			5,209			—			—
Other (income) expense, net		2,177			4,384			(8,597	)		4,234			3,024

Earnings before income taxes		151,444			87,255			119,100			86,195			63,102
Income tax expense		38,018			24,951			37,170			26,499			17,892

Net earnings	$	113,426		$	62,304		$	81,930		$	59,696		$	45,210

Net earnings per share
Basic	$	2.30		$	1.29		$	1.68		$	1.25		$	0.97
Diluted		2.27			1.28			1.66			1.22			0.95
Weighted average shares outstanding
Basic		49,376,132			48,122,207			48,824,434			47,645,225			46,539,638
Diluted		50,044,246			48,834,095			49,420,303			48,644,450			47,546,240

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
	(In thousands)
Consolidated cash flow data:
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	76,459		$	136,602		$	219,437		$	4,018		$	72,424
Net cash used in investing activities		(91,661	)		(77,244	)		(46,810	)		(62,150	)		(49,052	)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(82,677	)		(24,472	)		(23,196	)		39,558			(1,323	)
Other operating data:
Capital expenditures		59,940			45,111			57,143			45,037			42,355


	As of March 31,
	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
	(In thousands)
Consolidated balance sheet data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	108,869	$	201,042	$	163,161	$	20,620	$	37,785
Working capital		534,376		475,768		429,769		389,480		276,252
Total assets		1,828,387		1,652,010		1,492,851		1,710,790		1,409,013
Total debt, including capital leases		253,400		350,486		375,656		426,754		402,311
Total EnerSys stockholders’ equity		974,331		779,897		670,151		691,543		542,099

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our results of operations and financial condition for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties, such as our plans, objectives, opinions, expectations, anticipations and intentions and beliefs. Actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in those forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Business” and “Risk Factors,” sections elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In the following discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition, certain financial measures may be considered “non-GAAP financial measures” under Securities and Exchange Commission rules. These rules require supplemental explanation and reconciliation, which is provided in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

EnerSys’ management uses the non-GAAP measures, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, in their computation of compliance with loan covenants. These measures, as used by EnerSys, adjust net earnings determined in accordance with GAAP for interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and certain charges or credits as permitted by our credit agreements, that were recorded during the periods presented.

EnerSys’ management uses the non-GAAP measures, Primary Working Capital and Primary Working Capital Percentage (see definition in “Overview” below) along with capital expenditures, in their evaluation of business segment cash flow and financial position performance.

These non-GAAP disclosures have limitations as analytical tools, should not be viewed as a substitute for cash flow or operating earnings determined in accordance with GAAP, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of the Company’s results as reported under GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. This supplemental presentation should not be construed as an inference that the Company’s future results will be unaffected by similar adjustments to operating earnings determined in accordance with GAAP.

Overview

We are the global leader in stored energy solutions for industrial applications. We manufacture, market and distribute industrial batteries and related products such as chargers, power equipment and battery accessories, and we provide related after-market and customer-support services for industrial batteries. We market and sell our products globally to over 10,000 customers in more than 100 countries through a network of distributors, independent representatives and our internal sales force.

More than half of our manufacturing capacity is located outside of the United States, and approximately 60% of our net sales are generated outside of the United States. The Company has three reportable business segments based on geographic regions, defined as follows:

•

Americas, which includes North and South America, with our segment headquarters in Reading, Pennsylvania, USA,

•

Europe, which includes Europe, the Middle East and Africa, with our segment headquarters in Zurich, Switzerland, and

•

Asia, which includes Asia, Australia and Oceania, with our segment headquarters in Singapore.

See Note 24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for revenue by country and other required disclosures.

We evaluate business segment performance based primarily upon operating earnings, exclusive of highlighted items. Highlighted items are those that the Company deems are not indicative of ongoing operating results, including those charges that the Company incurs as a result of restructuring activities and those charges and credits that are not directly related to ongoing business segment performance. All corporate and centrally incurred costs are allocated to the business segments based principally on net sales. We evaluate business segment cash flow and financial position performance based primarily upon capital expenditures and Primary Working Capital levels (see definition of Primary Working Capital in “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below). Although we monitor the three elements of Primary Working Capital (receivables, inventory and payables), our primary focus is on the total amount, due to the significant impact it has on our cash flow.

Our management structure, financial reporting systems, and associated internal controls and procedures, are all consistent with our three geographic business segments. We report on a March 31 fiscal year-end. Our financial results are largely driven by the following factors:

•

global economic conditions and general cyclical patterns of the industries in which our customers operate;

•

changes in our selling prices and, in periods when our product costs increase, our ability to raise our selling prices to pass such cost increases through to our customers;

•

the extent to which we are able to efficiently utilize our global manufacturing facilities and optimize our capacity;

•

the extent to which we can control our fixed and variable costs, including those for our raw materials, manufacturing, distribution and operating activities;

•

changes in our level of debt and changes in the variable interest rates under our credit facilities; and

•

the size and number of acquisitions and our ability to achieve their intended benefits.

We have two primary industrial battery product lines: reserve power products and motive power products. Net sales classifications by product line are as follows:

•

Reserve power products are used for backup power for the continuous operation of critical applications in telecommunications systems, UPS, applications for computer and computer-controlled systems, and other specialty power applications, including security systems, for premium starting, lighting and ignition applications, in switchgear, electrical control systems used in electric utilities and energy pipelines, in commercial aircraft, satellites, military aircraft, submarines, ships, tactical vehicles and portable energy packs.

•

Current Market Conditions

Economic Climate

The global economic recovery has been in place since the first quarter of fiscal 2010 and the positive trends in our revenue and increasing order rate indicate the recovery is continuing. We are encouraged by recent consensus economic forecasts and believe we are well positioned to take advantage of future growth in our markets. We have taken numerous steps to restructure our manufacturing base and administrative operations to reduce our costs. We expect the economic climate and our strong capital structure will be conducive to a continuation of acquisitions which will help grow our business beyond the overall market growth.

Volatility of Commodities

Our most significant commodity and foreign currency exposures are related to lead and the euro. Volatility of commodity costs and foreign currency exchange rates have caused large swings in our production costs. As the global economic climate changes, we anticipate that our commodity costs may continue to fluctuate significantly as they have in the past several years. The increase in our cost of lead due to increases in average lead prices was approximately $112 million in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010.

Customer Pricing

Our selling prices fluctuated during the last several years to offset the volatile cost of commodities. Beginning in the third quarter of fiscal 2009, as a result of reductions in the cost of lead, our average selling prices began to decline on a sequential quarterly basis. As the cycle of lead costs turned upward in the early part of fiscal 2010, we began to increase average selling prices to help offset the higher costs. During fiscal 2011, our selling prices increased to reflect the rising commodity prices. Selling price increases offset approximately $66 million of the increased lead cost of $112 million in fiscal 2011. Approximately 35% to 40% of our revenue is currently subject to agreements that adjust pricing to a market-based index for lead.

Cost Savings Initiatives-Restructuring

To minimize the impacts discussed above, we took actions to further rationalize our production facilities and move capacity to lower cost facilities, as more fully explained below.

We anticipate different demand volatility in each of the business segments for our products and services, influenced by the geographical economic conditions in each segment, and have taken numerous steps to address this volatility. Cost savings programs remain a continuous element of our business strategy and are directed primarily at further reductions in plant manufacturing, raw materials costs and our operating expenses. Examples of such cost savings initiatives include our fiscal 2009 and 2010 restructuring programs, primarily related to closing our Italian manufacturing operation. In fiscal 2009, we initiated restructuring programs in the Americas and Europe, and, in fiscal 2010, we began the restructuring programs primarily related to the Oerlikon acquisition in Europe. In addition, during fiscal 2011, we began further restructuring programs related to our European operations, including distribution. Our operating results reflect most of the benefits of those actions with the remainder to be experienced in future periods. We believe that these restructuring actions will have a favorable annualized pre-tax earnings impact of approximately $29 million when fully implemented by the end of fiscal 2012.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Current market conditions related to our liquidity and capital resources are favorable. In March 2011, we refinanced our 2008 senior secured credit facility, comprising a $225 million Term A Loan and a $125 million revolving credit line (collectively the “2008 Credit Facility”), gaining additional flexibility in terms and an extended maturity to March 2016. We believe current conditions remain favorable for the Company to have

continued positive cash flow from operations that, along with available cash and cash equivalents and our undrawn lines of credit, will be sufficient to fund our capital expenditures, acquisitions and other investments for growth.

Our cash flows from operating activities were $76 million and $137 million during fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively. We invested $60 million and $45 million in capital expenditures, and $32 million and $33 million in new business opportunities in fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively.

As a result of the above actions, at March 31, 2011, our financial position is strong and we have substantial liquidity with $109 million of available cash and cash equivalents, $261 million of undrawn, committed credit lines, and over $95 million of uncommitted credit lines. We believe we have the financial resources and the capital available to remain active in pursuing further investment and acquisition opportunities.

Our Corporate History

There have been several key stages in the development of our business, which explain to a significant degree our results of operations over the past several years.

We were formed in late 2000 by Morgan Stanley Capital Partners (currently Metalmark Capital) and the management of Yuasa, Inc. to acquire the reserve power and motive power battery business of Yuasa Corporation in the Americas. Our results of operations for the past nine fiscal years have been significantly affected by our acquisition of the reserve power and motive power business of ESG in March 2002 and numerous other acquisitions, including three in fiscal 2011.

Our successful integration of ESG provided global scale in both the reserve and motive power markets. The ESG acquisition also provided us with a further opportunity to reduce costs and improve operating efficiency that, among other initiatives, led to closing underutilized manufacturing plants, distribution facilities, sales offices and eliminating other redundant costs, including staff.

In 2004, EnerSys completed an IPO, and our common stock commenced trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “ENS.”

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our significant accounting policies are described in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. In preparing our financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that, among other things, affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, sales and expense. These estimates and assumptions are most significant where they involve levels of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly uncertain matters or matters susceptible to change, and where they can have a material impact on our financial condition and operating performance. We discuss below the more significant estimates and related assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. If actual results were to differ materially from the estimates made, the reported results could be materially affected.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when the earnings process is complete. This occurs when we ship in accordance with terms of the underlying agreement, title transfers, collectability is reasonably assured and pricing is fixed and determinable. Shipment terms to our battery product customers are primarily shipping point or destination and do not differ significantly between our business segments of the world. Accordingly revenue is recognized when title is transferred to the customer. Amounts invoiced to customers for shipping and handling are classified as revenue. Taxes on revenue producing transactions are not included in net sales.

We recognize revenue from the service of reserve power and motive power products when the respective services are performed.

Management believes that the accounting estimates related to revenue recognition are critical accounting estimates because they require reasonable assurance of collection of revenue proceeds and completion of all performance obligations. Also, revenues are recorded net of provisions for sales discounts and returns, which are established at the time of sale. These estimates are based on our past experience.

Asset Impairment Determinations

We test for the impairment of our goodwill and indefinite lived trade names at least annually and whenever events or circumstances occur indicating that a possible impairment has been incurred. We utilize financial projections of our business segments, certain cash flow measures, as well as our market capitalization in the determination of the fair value of these assets.

With respect to our other long-lived assets other than goodwill and indefinite lived trade names, we test for impairment when indicators of impairment are present. An asset is considered impaired when the undiscounted estimated net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset are less than its carrying amount. The impairment recognized is the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the impaired asset.

In making future cash flow analyses of goodwill and other long-lived assets, we make assumptions relating to the following:

•

The intended use of assets and the expected future cash flows resulting directly from such use;

•

Industry specific economic conditions;

•

Competitor activities and regulatory initiatives; and

•

Client and customer preferences and patterns.

We believe that an accounting estimate relating to asset impairment is a critical accounting estimate because the assumptions underlying future cash flow estimates are subject to change from time to time and the recognition of an impairment could have a significant impact on our financial statements.

Litigation and Claims

From time to time the Company has been or may be a party to various legal actions and investigations including, among others, employment matters, compliance with government regulations, federal and state employment laws, including wage and hour laws, contractual disputes and other matters, including matters arising in the ordinary course of business. These claims may be brought by, among others, the governments, customers, suppliers and employees. Management considers the measurement of litigation reserves as a critical accounting estimate because of the significant uncertainty in some cases relating to the outcome of potential claims or litigation and the difficulty of predicting the likelihood and range of potential liability involved, coupled with the material impact on our results of operations that could result from litigation or other claims. In determining legal reserves, management considers, among other issues:

•

Interpretation of contractual rights and obligations;

•

The status of government regulatory initiatives, interpretations and investigations;

•

The status of settlement negotiations;

•

Prior experience with similar types of claims;

•

Whether there is available insurance coverage; and

•

Advice of outside counsel.

Environmental Loss Contingencies

Accruals for environmental loss contingencies (i.e., environmental reserves) are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can reasonably be estimated. Management views the measurement of environmental reserves as a critical accounting estimate because of the considerable uncertainty surrounding estimation, including the need to forecast well into the future. From time to time we may be involved in legal proceedings under federal, state and local, as well as international environmental laws in connection with our operations and companies that we have acquired. The estimation of environmental reserves is based on the evaluation of currently available information, prior experience in the remediation of contaminated sites and assumptions with respect to government regulations and enforcement activity, changes in remediation technology and practices, and financial obligations and credit worthiness of other responsible parties and insurers.

Warranty

We record a warranty reserve for possible claims against our product warranties, which generally run for a period of one to twenty years for our reserve power batteries and for a period of one to seven years for our motive power batteries. The assessment of the adequacy of the reserve includes a review of open claims and historical experience.

Management believes that the accounting estimate related to the warranty reserve is a critical accounting estimate because the underlying assumptions used for the reserve can change from time to time and warranty claims could potentially have a material impact on our results of operations.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We encounter risks associated with sales and the collection of the associated accounts receivable. We record a provision for accounts receivable that are considered to be uncollectible. In order to calculate the appropriate provision, management analyzes the creditworthiness of specific customers and the aging of customer balances. Management also considers general and specific industry economic conditions, industry concentration and contractual rights and obligations.

Management believes that the accounting estimate related to the allowance for doubtful accounts is a critical accounting estimate because the underlying assumptions used for the allowance can change from time to time and uncollectible accounts could potentially have a material impact on our results of operations.

Retirement Plans

We use certain assumptions in the calculation of the actuarial valuation of our defined benefit plans. These assumptions include the weighted average discount rate, expected long-term rates of return on assets and rates of increase in compensation levels. Changes in these assumptions can result in changes to the recognized pension expense and recorded liabilities.

We account for our defined benefit pension plans in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance. The guidance requires an entity to recognize in its statement of financial position an asset for a defined benefit postretirement plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status, measure a defined benefit postretirement plan’s assets and obligation that determine its funded status as of the end of the employer’s fiscal year, and recognize changes in the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan in comprehensive income in the year in which the change occurs.

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions related to the actuarial valuation of our defined benefit plans are evaluated periodically as conditions warrant and changes to such estimates are recorded.

Equity-Based Compensation

We recognize compensation cost relating to equity-based payment transactions by using a fair-value measurement method, in accordance with FASB guidance on accounting for share-based payment. FASB guidance requires all equity-based payments to employees, including grants of restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock options and market share units, to be recognized as compensation expense based on fair value at grant date over the requisite service period of the awards. We determine the fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock units based on the quoted market price of our common stock on the date of grant. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which uses both historical and current market data to estimate the fair value. The fair value of market share units is estimated at the date of grant using a binomial matrix-pricing model. Both models incorporate various assumptions such as the risk-free interest rate, expected volatility, expected dividend yield and expected life of the options. When estimating the requisite service period of the awards, we consider expected forfeitures and many related factors including types of awards, employee class, and historical experience. Actual results, and future changes in estimates of the requisite service period may differ substantially from our current estimates.

Income Taxes

Our effective tax rate is based on pretax income, statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB guidance on accounting for income taxes, which requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be recognized using enacted tax rates for the effect of temporary differences between book and tax bases on recorded assets and liabilities. FASB guidance also requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance, when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized.

The recognition and measurement of a tax position is based on management’s best judgment given the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date. In accordance with FASB guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, we evaluate tax positions to determine whether the benefits of tax positions are more likely than not of being sustained upon audit based on the technical merits of the tax position. For tax positions that are more likely than not of being sustained upon audit, we recognize the largest amount of the benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement in the financial statements. For tax positions that are not more likely than not of being sustained upon audit, we do not recognize any portion of the benefit in the financial statements. If the more likely than not threshold is not met in the period for which a tax position is taken, we may subsequently recognize the benefit of that tax position if the tax matter is effectively settled, the statute of limitations expires, or if the more likely than not threshold is met in a subsequent period.

We evaluate, on a quarterly basis, our ability to realize deferred tax assets by assessing our valuation allowance and by adjusting the amount of such allowance, if necessary. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are our forecast of future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets.

To the extent we prevail in matters for which reserves have been established, or are required to pay amounts in excess of our reserves, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax settlement would require use of cash and result in an increase in the effective tax rate in the year of resolution. A favorable tax settlement would be recognized as a reduction in our effective tax rate in the year of resolution.

Derivative Financial Instruments

We utilize derivative instruments to mitigate volatility related to interest rates, commodity prices and foreign currency exposures. Our agreements are with creditworthy financial institutions, and for those contracts

that result in a liability position there is no risk of nonperformance by the counterparties. The risk of nonperformance of those contracts that result in an asset position are not considered material and the vast majority of these will settle within one year. The counterparties to certain of these agreements are lenders under the 2011 Credit Facility and liabilities related to these agreements are covered under the security provisions of such credit facility. We do not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. FASB guidance on accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities, establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities. We recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value. Changes in the fair value of those instruments are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income if they qualify for hedge accounting or in earnings if they do not qualify for hedge accounting. Derivatives qualify for hedge accounting if they are designated as hedge instruments and if the hedge is highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flow of the asset or liability hedged. Effectiveness is measured on a regular basis using statistical analysis and by comparing the overall changes in the expected cash flows on the lead and foreign currency forward contracts with the changes in the expected all-in cash outflow required for the lead and foreign currency purchases. This analysis is performed quarterly on the initial purchases that cover the quantities hedged. Accordingly, gains and losses from changes in derivative fair value are deferred until the underlying transaction affects earnings. Interest expense on the debt is adjusted to include the payments made or received under such interest rate swap agreements. Cost of goods sold is adjusted to include the payments made or received under such lead and foreign currency forward contracts.

Market and Economic Conditions

The overall economic conditions in the markets we serve can be expected to have a material effect on our results of operations. Our operating results are directly affected by the world-wide and geographic economic climate as well as general cyclical patterns of the industries in which our major customer groups operate. Each of our business segments is heavily dependent on the end markets they serve and our results of operations will vary depending on general economic activity and the capital expenditure environment in these markets.

Market conditions in our industry were generally strong in fiscal 2008 and through the first quarter of fiscal 2009. Global economic activity declined significantly after that and our revenue reached a recent low point in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. Since then, economic activity has improved and our quarterly revenue has increased along with global increases in industrial production and capital spending.

We manufacture and assemble our products primarily in Bulgaria, China, the Czech Republic, France, Germany, Mexico, Poland, the United Kingdom and the United States. Our sales revenue, production costs, profit margins and competitive position are affected by the strength of the currencies in countries where we manufacture or purchase goods relative to the strength of the currencies in countries where our products are sold. Volatility in foreign currency exchange rates, such as we experienced over the past several years, impact our results of operations.

Our business strategy continues to focus on improving our operating margins by closely monitoring our pricing, controlling our costs and enhancing our product mix. We also remain active in seeking acquisitions to help grow revenue and earnings.

Cost Savings Initiatives—Restructuring

Cost savings programs remain a continuous element of our business strategy and are directed primarily at further reductions in plant manufacturing (labor and overhead), raw materials costs and our operating expenses (primarily selling, general and administrative). Numerous individual cost savings opportunities are identified and evaluated by management with a formal selection and approval process that results in an ongoing list of cost savings projects to be implemented. In certain cases, projects are either modified or abandoned during their respective implementation phases. In order to realize cost savings benefits for a majority of these initiatives, costs are incurred either in the form of capital expenditures, funding the cash obligations of previously recorded restructuring expenses or current period expenses.

During fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010, we announced a plan to restructure our European and American operations, which will result in the reduction of approximately 515 employees on completion of the plan. These actions are primarily in Europe, the most significant of which is the closure of our leased Italian manufacturing facility and the opening of a new Italian distribution center to continue to provide responsive service to our customers in that market. We estimate that the total charges for these actions will amount to approximately $33 million, which includes cash expenses of approximately $24 million, primarily for employee severance-related payments, and a non-cash charge of approximately $9 million, primarily for impairment of fixed assets. Based on the applicable accounting guidance, we recorded restructuring charges of $19.1 million in fiscal 2009 and $12.4 million in fiscal 2010. Virtually all of our $24 million estimated favorable annualized pre-tax earnings impact relating to these actions are reflected in our operating earnings of fiscal 2011.

In fiscal 2010, we began the restructuring programs primarily related to the Oerlikon acquisition in Europe.

In addition, during fiscal 2011, we began further restructuring programs related to our European operations, including distribution. Our fiscal 2011 operating results reflect a small portion of the estimated $5 million of favorable annualized pre-tax earnings impact of these programs, with the remainder expected to be experienced in future periods.

The Company expects to be committed to approximately $3 million of expenses for the remaining restructuring programs in fiscal 2012.

Results of Operations—Fiscal 2011 Compared to Fiscal 2010

The following table presents summary consolidated statement of income data for fiscal year ended March 31, 2011, compared to fiscal year ended March 31, 2010:


	Fiscal 2011					Fiscal 2010						Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions			As % Net Sales			In Millions			%
Net sales	$	1,964.4		100.0	%	$	1,579.4			100.0	%	$	385.0			24.4	%
Cost of goods sold		1,514.6		77.1			1,218.5			77.1			296.1			24.3

Gross profit		449.8		22.9			360.9			22.9			88.9			24.6
Operating expenses		259.2		13.2			235.6			15.0			23.6			10.0
Restructuring charges		6.8		0.4			13.9			0.9			(7.1	)		(51.1	)
Bargain purchase gain		—		—			(2.9	)		(0.2	)		2.9			NM

Operating earnings		183.8		9.4			114.3			7.2			69.5			60.8
Interest expense		22.0		1.1			22.7			1.4			(0.7	)		(2.7	)
Charges related to refinancing		8.2		0.4			—			—			8.2			NM
Other (income) expense, net		2.2		0.2			4.3			0.3			(2.1	)		(50.3	)

Earnings before income taxes		151.4		7.7			87.3			5.5			64.1			73.6
Income tax expense		38.0		1.9			25.0			1.6			13.0			52.4

Net earnings	$	113.4		5.8	%	$	62.3			3.9	%	$	51.1			82.1	%

NM = not meaningful

Overview

Our sales for fiscal 2011 were approximately $2.0 billion, a 24.4% increase from prior year sales primarily due to an improvement in organic volume of approximately 18%. Despite higher commodity costs, we were able to maintain our gross margin percentage at the same level as fiscal 2010 at 22.9%.

Our financial position is strong and we have substantial liquidity from our cash and cash equivalents, uncommitted credit lines and our new 2011 Credit Facility. Our positive cash flows and liquidity have enabled us to continue to invest in new business opportunities such as our new manufacturing plant, currently under construction in China and to make three acquisitions, including ABSL.

A discussion of specific fiscal 2011 versus fiscal 2010 operating results follows, including an analysis and discussion of the results of our business segments.

Net Sales

Total net sales increased 24.4% or $385 million in fiscal 2011 from fiscal 2010. This was due to an 18% or $288 million increase in organic volume and price increases of 4% or $66 million. Acquisitions in fiscal 2011 added approximately 4% or $56 million to net sales. Fluctuations in the U.S. dollar versus foreign currencies decreased sales by 2% or $25 million.

Fluctuations in foreign currencies had a negative impact on sales of fiscal 2011 versus fiscal 2010. The euro exchange rate to the U.S. dollar averaged $1.33 / € in fiscal 2011, but closed at $1.42 / € as of March 31, 2011 which was comparable to the full year averages of $1.42 / € in fiscal 2010 and $1.42 / € in fiscal 2009.

Net sales by business segment were as follows:


	Fiscal 2011					Fiscal 2010					Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions		% Net Sales			In Millions		% Net Sales			In Millions		%
Europe	$	890.3		45.3	%	$	742.0		47.0	%	$	148.3		20.0	%
Americas		896.6		45.7			700.3		44.3			196.3		28.0
Asia		177.5		9.0			137.1		8.7			40.4		29.5

Total net sales	$	1,964.4		100.0	%	$	1,579.4		100.0	%	$	385.0		24.4	%

The Europe segment’s revenue increased by $148.3 million or 20.0% in fiscal 2011, as compared to fiscal 2010, primarily due to an increase in organic volume of approximately 16%. Price increases and acquisitions contributed approximately 6% and 3%, respectively, to the improvement which was partially offset by a 5% decrease due to weaker foreign currencies.

The Americas segment’s revenue increased by $196.3 million or 28.0% in fiscal 2011, as compared to fiscal 2010, primarily due to higher organic volume, which contributed approximately a 19% increase. Price increases and acquisitions contributed approximately 4% and 5% respectively, to the improvement.

The Asia segment’s revenue increased by $40.4 million or 29.5% in fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010, primarily due to higher organic volume of approximately 25% and a 6% increase due to foreign currency changes partially offset by a 2% decrease in pricing.

Net sales by product line were as follows:


	Fiscal 2011					Fiscal 2010					Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions		%
Reserve power	$	970.4		49.4	%	$	820.5		52.0	%	$	149.9		18.3	%
Motive power		994.0		50.6			758.9		48.0			235.1		31.0

Total net sales	$	1,964.4		100.0	%	$	1,579.4		100.0	%	$	385.0		24.4	%

Sales in our reserve power product line increased in fiscal 2011 by $149.9 million or 18.3% compared to the prior year primarily due to higher organic volume which contributed approximately 16%. Price increases and acquisitions contributed approximately 2% each which was partially offset by a 2% decrease due to weaker foreign currencies.

Sales in our motive power product line increased in fiscal 2011 by $235.1 million or 31.0% compared to the prior year primarily due to an increase in organic volume of approximately 21%. Price increases and acquisitions contributed approximately 6% each which was partially offset by a 2% decrease due to weaker foreign currencies.

Gross Profit


	Fiscal 2011					Fiscal 2010					Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions		%
Gross profit	$	449.8		22.9	%	$	360.9		22.9	%	$	88.9		24.6	%

Gross profit increased $88.9 million or 24.6% in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010. Gross profit, excluding the effect of foreign currency translation, increased $91 million or 25.1% in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010. Lead costs represented approximately 33% of total cost of goods sold for fiscal 2011 as compared to approximately 26% of total cost of goods sold for fiscal 2010. We have made great efforts to sustain gross margin in an environment of rising commodity and energy costs, and continue to focus on a wide variety of sales initiatives, which include improving product mix to higher margin products and obtaining appropriate pricing for products relative to our costs. At the same time, we continue to focus on cost savings initiatives such as relocating production to low cost facilities and implementing more automation in our manufacturing plants.

Operating Expenses, Restructuring Charges and Bargain Purchase Gain


	Fiscal 2011					Fiscal 2010						Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions			As % Net Sales			In Millions			%
Operating expenses	$	259.2		13.2	%	$	235.6			15.0	%	$	23.6			10.0	%
Restructuring charges		6.8		0.4			13.9			0.9			(7.1	)		(51.1	)
Bargain purchase gain		—		—			(2.9	)		(0.2	)		(2.9	)		NM

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses increased $23.6 million or 10.0% in fiscal 2011 from fiscal 2010 as net sales increased 24.4%, but reduced as a percentage of sales from 15.0% in fiscal 2010 to 13.2% in fiscal 2011. This decrease in the percentage is largely the result of leveraging our operating expenses with higher revenue.

Bargain Purchase Gain

In fiscal 2010, we acquired the industrial battery businesses of the Swiss company Accu Holding AG, which included the acquisition of the stock of OEB Traction Batteries and the operating assets and liabilities of Oerlikon Stationery Batteries and its Swedish sales subsidiary (all collectively referred to as “Oerlikon”). The accounting for the Oerlikon acquisition resulted in the recognition of a bargain purchase gain of $2.9 million. The Company commenced restructuring with the integration of Oerlikon into the Company’s operations in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010. See “Restructuring Charges” below.

Restructuring Charges

In fiscal 2011, we recorded $6.8 million of restructuring charges, of which $2.5 million related to the continuation of the restructuring program of our Oerlikon operations begun in fiscal 2010, and $4.3 million related primarily to new fiscal 2011 programs to further restructure our European operations, including distribution.

In fiscal 2010, we incurred $13.9 million of obligations for activities primarily related to the completion of the restructurings that began in fiscal 2008 and the restructuring program of the Oerlikon operations.

At March 31, 2011, our fiscal 2009 European restructuring programs were essentially complete; however, the Oerlikon and fiscal 2011 European restructuring programs are expected to incur additional restructuring charges of approximately $3 million, primarily in fiscal 2012.

Operating Earnings

Fiscal 2011 operating earnings of $183.8 million were $69.5 million higher than in fiscal 2010 and was 9.4% of sales. Fiscal 2011 operating earnings were favorably affected by higher organic volume, our continuing cost savings programs and price increases, partially offset by higher commodity costs. As discussed above, fiscal 2011 and 2010 operating earnings included the negative impact of $6.8 million and $13.9 million, respectively, of restructuring charges, offset in fiscal 2010, by a $2.9 million bargain purchase gain related to the Oerlikon acquisition. Although not highlighted below, fiscal 2011 and 2010 also included the negative impact of $2.5 million and $2.0 million, respectively, for acquisition activity related expense in Europe and Americas.

Operating earnings by geographic segment were as follows:


	Fiscal 2011					Fiscal 2010						Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions		As % Net Sales⁽¹⁾			In Millions			As % Net Sales⁽¹⁾			In Millions			%
Europe	$	55.6		6.3	%	$	17.6			2.4	%	$	38.0			215.3	%
Americas		124.5		13.9			87.2			12.4			37.3			42.9
Asia		10.5		5.9			20.5			15.0			(10.0	)		(48.9	)

Subtotal		190.6		9.7			125.3			7.9			65.3			52.1
Restructuring charges-Europe		6.8		0.8			13.2			1.8			(6.4	)		(48.4	)
Bargain purchase gain-Europe		—		—			(2.9	)		(0.4	)		2.9			NM
Restructuring charges-Americas		—		—			0.7			0.1			(0.7	)		NM

Total	$	183.8		9.4	%	$	114.3			7.2	%	$	69.5			60.8	%

(1)

The percentages shown for the segments are computed as a percentage of the applicable segment’s net sales.

The Europe segment’s operating earnings, excluding the highlighted items discussed above, increased $38.0 million or 215% in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 primarily due to the favorable impacts of higher organic volumes and selling prices, partially offset by higher commodity costs. Organic volume in Europe improved by 16% in fiscal 2011, a significant improvement when compared to the prior year.

The Americas segment’s operating earnings, excluding the highlighted items discussed above, increased $37.3 million or 42.9% in fiscal 2011 primarily due to the favorable impacts of sales growth of 28% coupled with higher selling prices and improved plant utilization which were partially offset by higher commodity costs. Organic volume and pricing contributed approximately 19% and 4%, respectively to this improvement and the favorable impact of acquisitions contributed a 5% increase. The Americas segment’s operating earnings were favorably affected by improved plant utilization.

The Asia segment’s operating earnings decreased $10.0 million or 48.9% in fiscal 2011 when compared to fiscal 2010. Higher manufacturing costs, freight costs and expenses related to business development in the Asian region, coupled with the impact of lower pricing, contributed to the lower operating margins, partially offset by higher sales volume in Asia. The higher manufacturing costs were partially the result of expenses associated with the transition of our Shenzhen, China operations from a manufacturing and sales and distribution center, to a sales and distribution center. Business development expenses relate to initial start up costs as part of our efforts to establish a presence in India, as well as expansion in China with the construction of our new Chongqing manufacturing facility. In addition, fiscal 2010 benefited from a $1.1 million gain from the sale of assets.

Interest Expense


	Fiscal 2011					Fiscal 2010					Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions			%
Interest expense	$	22.0		1.1	%	$	22.7		1.4	%	$	(0.7	)		(2.7	)%

Interest expense of $22.0 million in fiscal 2011 (net of interest income of $1.3 million) was $0.7 million lower than the $22.7 million in fiscal 2010 (net of interest income of $1.8 million). The decrease in interest expense in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 is attributed primarily to lower borrowing levels and the expiration of a portion of our interest rate swap agreements in the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2011.

Our average debt outstanding (including the average amount of the Convertible Notes discount of $33.7 million) was $326.3 million in fiscal 2011, compared to our average debt outstanding (including the average amount of $39.4 million in Convertible Notes discount) of $364.1 million, in fiscal 2010. Our average cash interest rate incurred in fiscal 2011 was 4.4% compared to 4.3% in fiscal 2010.

Included in interest expense is non-cash, accreted interest on the Convertible Notes of $5.9 million in fiscal 2011 and $5.4 million in fiscal 2010. Also included in interest expense are non-cash charges related to amortization of deferred financing fees of $1.9 million in fiscal 2011, compared to $1.7 million, in fiscal 2010.

Charges Related to Refinancing


	Fiscal 2011					Fiscal 2010					Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions		%
Charges related to refinancing	$	8.2		0.4	%	$	—		—	%	$	8.2		NM

In fiscal 2011, we incurred charges in connection with the amounts borrowed under our 2011 Credit Facility. These charges included $2.3 million in write offs of deferred financing fees and $5.9 million of unrealized losses on account of discontinuing hedge accounting for the interest rate swap agreements.

Other (Income) Expense, Net


	Fiscal 2011					Fiscal 2010					Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions			%
Other (income) expense, net	$	2.2		0.2	%	$	4.3		0.3	%	$	(2.1	)		(50.3	)%

Other (income) expense, net was expense of $2.2 million in fiscal 2011 compared to expense of $4.3 million in fiscal 2010. This decrease was primarily due to lower foreign currency translation losses recorded in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, offset by the $0.6 million for the secondary offering fees related to the shares sold by certain stockholders of the Company, including affiliates of Metalmark Capital LLC and certain other institutional stockholders in fiscal 2011.

Earnings Before Income Taxes


	Fiscal 2011					Fiscal 2010					Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions		%
Earnings before income taxes	$	151.4		7.7	%	$	87.3		5.5	%	$	64.1		73.6	%

As a result of the factors discussed above, fiscal 2011 earnings before income taxes were $151.4 million, an increase of $64.1 million or 73.6% compared to fiscal 2010.

Income Tax Expense


	Fiscal 2011						Fiscal 2010						Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions			As % Net Sales			In Millions			As % Net Sales			In Millions		%
Income tax expense	$	38.0			1.9	%	$	25.0			1.6	%	$	13.0		52.4	%

Effective tax rate		25.1	%					28.6	%

The effective income tax rate was 25.1% in fiscal 2011, compared to the fiscal 2010 effective tax rate of 28.6%. The lower effective income tax rate in fiscal 2011 was primarily due to a change in the mix of earnings among tax jurisdictions and the favorable settlement of foreign tax audits of $3.1 million. The fiscal 2010 effective income tax rate included a non-recurring tax benefit of approximately $2.1 million on the filing of amended tax returns.

Net Earnings


	Fiscal 2011					Fiscal 2010					Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions		%
Net earnings	$	113.4		5.8	%	$	62.3		3.9	%	$	51.1		82.1	%

As a result of the factors described above, fiscal 2011 net earnings were $113.4 million compared to fiscal 2010 net earnings of $62.3 million. The $51.1 million increase is due primarily to a $88.9 million or 24.6% increase in gross profit as a result of a $385.0 million or 24.4% increase in sales. Operating expenses increased $23.6 million or 10.0% due mainly to increased sales volume but reduced as a percentage of sales from 15.0% in fiscal 2010 to 13.2% in fiscal 2011. This decrease in the percentage is largely the result of leveraging our operating expenses with higher revenue.

Net earnings per common share in fiscal 2011 were $2.30 per basic share and $2.27 per diluted share compared to $1.29 per basic share and $1.28 per diluted share in fiscal 2010.

Results of Operations—Fiscal 2010 Compared to Fiscal 2009

The following table presents summary consolidated statements of income data for fiscal year ended March 31, 2010, compared to fiscal year ended March 31, 2009:


	Fiscal 2010						Fiscal 2009						Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions			As % Net Sales			In Millions			As % Net Sales			In Millions			%
Net sales	$	1,579.4			100.0	%	$	1,972.9			100.0	%	$	(393.5	)		(19.9	)%
Cost of goods sold		1,218.5			77.1			1,559.5			79.0			(341.0	)		(21.9	)

Gross profit		360.9			22.9			413.4			21.0			(52.5	)		(12.7	)
Operating expenses		235.6			15.0			256.5			13.0			(20.9	)		(8.1	)
Bargain purchase gain		(2.9	)		(0.2	)		—			—			(2.9	)		NM
Gain on sale of facilities		—			—			(11.3	)		(0.6	)		11.3			NM
Legal proceedings charge		—			—			3.4			0.2			(3.4	)		NM
Restructuring charges		13.9			0.9			22.4			1.2			(8.5	)		(37.9	)

Operating earnings		114.3			7.2			142.4			7.2			(28.1	)		(19.8	)
Interest expense		22.7			1.4			26.7			1.4			(4.0	)		(15.2	)
Charges related to refinancing		—			—			5.2			0.3			(5.2	)		NM
Other (income) expense, net		4.3			0.3			(8.6	)		(0.4	)		12.9			NM

Earnings before income taxes		87.3			5.5			119.1			6.0			(31.8	)		(26.7	)
Income tax expense		25.0			1.6			37.2			1.8			(12.2	)		(32.9	)

Net earnings	$	62.3			3.9	%	$	81.9			4.2	%	$	(19.6	)		(24.0	)%

Overview

Fiscal 2010 results included a net sales decrease from fiscal 2009 of 19.9%, to approximately $1.6 billion, due to the decline in global economic activity, with a decrease to gross profit of 12.7% to $360.9 million. Our gross profit margin increased 190 basis points to 22.9% due primarily to our cost savings initiatives and the favorable effect of lower commodity costs, partially offset by price decreases to our customers and decreased sales volume. We estimated that the reduction in average selling prices decreased our net sales by approximately 4% in fiscal 2010.

Operating expenses in fiscal 2010 decreased from fiscal 2009 by 8.1%, due mainly to volume, cost restructuring, lower commissions and lower bad debt expense. Operating expenses as a percentage of sales were 15.0% in fiscal 2010, an increase from 13.0% in fiscal 2009 as we did not reduce the fixed cost components at the rate our net sales decreased.

In comparing fiscal 2010 financial results to fiscal 2009, management believes it is appropriate to highlight the following items. We incurred $13.9 million in restructuring expenses in fiscal 2010 compared to $22.4 million in fiscal 2009. Also in fiscal 2010, we expensed $2.0 million acquisition related costs in operating expenses. In fiscal 2009 we incurred a $3.4 million legal proceedings charge. Partially offsetting these unfavorable items in fiscal 2010 was the recognition of a bargain purchase gain of $2.9 million, and, in fiscal 2009, we recorded a gain on sale of facilities of $11.3 million.

Interest expense in fiscal 2010 decreased from fiscal 2009 by $4.0 million or 15.2%, due primarily to higher levels of invested cash, lower borrowing levels and lower LIBOR variable rates offset by an increase of $1.1 million of non-cash accreted interest on our Convertible Notes.

In addition, in fiscal 2009, we incurred $5.2 million of charges in connection with the refinancing of amounts borrowed under our 2008 Credit Facility.

Other (income) expense, net was expense of $4.3 million in fiscal 2010 compared to income of $8.6 million in fiscal 2009. This was primarily attributed to $3.0 million of net foreign currency transaction losses in fiscal 2010, as compared to net foreign currency transaction gains primarily on short-term intercompany loans and receivables of $11.6 million in fiscal 2009.

Fiscal 2010 net earnings were $62.3 million compared to fiscal 2009 net earnings of $81.9 million. Net earnings per common share in fiscal 2010 were $1.29 per basic share and $1.28 per diluted share, compared to $1.68 per basic share and $1.66 per diluted share in fiscal 2009.

A discussion of specific fiscal 2010 versus fiscal 2009 operating results follows, including an analysis and discussion of the results of our business segments.

Net Sales

Total net sales decreased $393.5 million or 19.9% in fiscal 2010 from fiscal 2009. This was due to a 17% decline in organic volume and price decreases of 4% as a direct result of the recent economic slowdown. Acquisitions in fiscal 2010 added approximately 1% to net sales.

Fluctuations in the U.S. dollar versus foreign currencies had minimal impact on fiscal 2010 net sales versus fiscal 2009. The euro exchange rate to the U.S. dollar averaged $1.417 / € in fiscal 2010 compared to $1.422/ € in fiscal 2009.

Organic volume declined as a result of the global decline in economic activity. Worldwide industrial production and capital spending slowed significantly and both have a significant impact on our unit sales volume. The organic volume change in sales (the change in sales, excluding the effects of foreign currency translation, acquisitions and price increases) was a decrease of approximately $339 million or 17% in fiscal 2010 from fiscal 2009. The majority of this decrease occurred as a direct result of the economic slowdown, particularly in Europe.

In addition, selling price reductions contributed an approximate $77 million or a 4% decrease in our sales in fiscal 2010 from fiscal 2009.

Partially offsetting the above declines was an approximate $24 million or 1% increase in our sales in fiscal 2010 from fiscal 2009 attributable to acquisitions.

Net sales by business segment were as follows:


	Fiscal 2010					Fiscal 2009					Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions		% Net Sales			In Millions		% Net Sales			In Millions			%
Europe	$	742.0		47.0	%	$	987.2		50.0	%	$	(245.2	)		(24.8	)%
Americas		700.3		44.3			831.3		42.2			(131.0	)		(15.8	)
Asia		137.1		8.7			154.4		7.8			(17.3	)		(11.2	)

Total net sales	$	1,579.4		100.0	%	$	1,972.9		100.0	%	$	(393.5	)		(19.9	)%

The Europe segment’s revenue decreased by $245.2 million or 24.8% in fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, primarily due to a 21% decrease in organic volume. Also contributing to the decline were lower prices, partially offset by the favorable impact of acquisitions.

The Americas segment’s revenue decreased by $131.0 million or 15.8% in fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, primarily due to a 14% decrease in organic volume. Also contributing to the decline were lower prices, partially offset by the favorable impact of acquisitions.

The Asia segment’s revenue decreased by $17.3 million or 11.2% in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009, primarily due to an 8% decrease in organic volume. Also contributing to the decline were lower prices, partially offset by stronger foreign exchange rates.

Net sales by product line were as follows:


	Fiscal 2010					Fiscal 2009					Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions			%
Reserve power	$	820.5		52.0	%	$	933.8		47.3	%	$	(113.3	)		(12.1	)%
Motive power		758.9		48.0			1,039.1		52.7			(280.2	)		(27.0	)

Total net sales	$	1,579.4		100.0	%	$	1,972.9		100.0	%	$	(393.5	)		(19.9	)%

Sales in our reserve power product line decreased in fiscal 2010 by $113.3 million or 12.1% compared to the prior year primarily due to lower organic volume and prices, with a small offset from sales attributed to acquisitions.

Sales in our motive power product line decreased in fiscal 2010 by $280.2 million or 27.0% compared to the prior year primarily due to a decrease in organic volume and prices resulting from the effects of the global economic decline with a small offset from sales attributed to acquisitions.

Gross Profit


	Fiscal 2010					Fiscal 2009					Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions			%
Gross profit	$	360.9		22.9	%	$	413.4		21.0	%	$	(52.5	)		(12.7	)%

Gross profit decreased $52.5 million or 12.7% in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. Gross profit, excluding the effect of foreign currency translation, decreased $53 million or 12.8% in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. Gross profit margin improved 190 basis points in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. Lead costs represented approximately 26% of total cost of goods sold for fiscal 2010 as compared to approximately 32% of total cost of goods sold for fiscal 2009. We have made great efforts to improve gross margin in an environment of fluctuating commodity and energy costs, and we continue to focus on a wide variety of sales initiatives, which include improving product mix to higher margin products and obtaining appropriate pricing for products relative to our costs. Lastly, we continue to focus on cost savings initiatives such as relocating production to low cost facilities and implementing more automation in our manufacturing plants.

Operating Expenses, Bargain Purchase Gain, Gain On Sale Of Manufacturing Facilities and Other Charges


	Fiscal 2010						Fiscal 2009						Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions			As % Net Sales			In Millions			As % Net Sales			In Millions			%
Operating expenses	$	235.6			15.0	%	$	256.5			13.0	%	$	(20.9	)		(8.1	)%
Bargain purchase gain		(2.9	)		(0.2	)		—			—			(2.9	)		NM
(Gain) on sale of facilities		—			—			(11.3	)		(0.6	)		11.3			NM
Legal proceedings charge		—			—			3.4			0.2			(3.4	)		NM
Restructuring charges		13.9			0.9			22.4			1.2			(8.5	)		(37.9	)

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses decreased $20.9 million or 8.1% in fiscal 2010 from fiscal 2009 as net sales decreased 19.9%. Operating expenses represented 15.0% of net sales in fiscal 2010 as compared to 13.0% in fiscal 2009. Selling expenses were 59.0% of operating expenses in fiscal 2010, compared to 61.0% in fiscal 2009. Operating expenses decreased in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009, primarily as a result of lower sales commissions due to lower sales volumes, cost restructuring, and lower bad debt expense. As we reduced our costs in this area through cost savings initiatives, we made a conscious decision to maintain much of our selling and administrative personnel through the recent economic decline. This ensured we have adequate staff to grow in the future.

Bargain Purchase Gain

Gain on Sale of Facilities

Included in our fiscal 2009 operating results were $11.3 million of highlighted gains resulting from the sale of two of our facilities, the most significant of which was the sale of our manufacturing facility in Manchester, England. Included in the Manchester gain was the release of $6.6 million of environmental reserves since the buyers assumed all environmental liabilities associated with this facility. The sale of the Manchester facility was a planned element of ongoing European restructuring programs and is consistent with our strategy to migrate production to lower cost facilities.

Restructuring Charges

In fiscal 2010, we incurred $13.9 million of obligations for activities primarily related to the completion of the restructurings that began in fiscal 2008 and to restructure our recently acquired Oerlikon operation.

In fiscal 2009, we incurred restructuring expenses from activities to restructure our Europe and Americas operations. These actions were primarily in Europe, the most significant of which was the closure of our leased Italian manufacturing facility and the opening of a new Italian distribution center to continue to provide responsive service to our customers in that market. In addition, we implemented additional cost reduction actions in our continuing efforts to reduce overall costs. The 2009 restructuring plan charge, which totaled $19.1 million, included $12.9 million incurred for staff reductions plus $6.2 million of non-cash impairment charges for redundant machinery and equipment. Also in fiscal 2009, we incurred obligations of approximately $3.3 million for 2008 European restructuring plan activities that resulted from the Energia acquisition, which included $2.9 million incurred for staff reductions and professional fees, plus $0.4 million of non-cash impairment charges for redundant machinery and equipment, bringing the total expense to date for the 2008 European restructuring initiative to approximately $17.0 million.

At March 31, 2010, the 2008 European restructuring programs were essentially complete; however, the 2009 restructuring program was expected to incur additional obligations of approximately $1 million, primarily in fiscal 2011.

Legal Proceedings Charge

Included in our fiscal 2009 operating results were $3.4 million of highlighted expenses resulting from a June 2008 ruling from the Court of Commerce in Lyon, France that our French subsidiary, EnerSys Sarl, which was acquired by us in 2002, was partially responsible for a 1999 fire in a French hotel under construction. We have appealed this ruling.

Operating Earnings

Fiscal 2010 operating earnings of $114.3 million were $28.1 million lower than in fiscal 2009 and remained at 7.2% of sales. Fiscal 2010 operating earnings were unfavorably affected by lower organic volume and price decreases, partially offset by lower commodity costs and our continuing cost savings programs. As discussed above, fiscal 2010 operating earnings included $2.9 million of highlighted gains resulting from a bargain purchase, and fiscal 2009 operating earnings included $11.3 million of highlighted gains resulting from the sale of two of our facilities and $3.4 million of highlighted legal proceedings charge. In addition, fiscal 2010 and 2009 operating earnings included the negative impact of $13.9 million and $22.4 million, respectively, of restructuring charges. Although not highlighted below, fiscal 2010 also included the negative impact of $2.0 million for acquisition activity related expense in Europe and Americas.

Operating earnings by geographic segment were as follows:


	Fiscal 2010						Fiscal 2009						Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions			As % Net Sales⁽¹⁾			In Millions			As % Net Sales⁽¹⁾			In Millions			%
Europe	$	17.6			2.4	%	$	64.9			6.6	%	$	(47.3	)		(72.9	)%
Americas		87.2			12.4			79.2			9.5			8.0			10.1
Asia		20.5			15.0			12.8			8.3			7.7			60.2

Subtotal		125.3			7.9			156.9			8.0			(31.6	)		(20.1	)
Bargain purchase gain-Europe		(2.9	)		(0.4	)		—			—			(2.9	)		NM
Restructuring charges-Europe		13.2			1.8			22.0			2.2			(8.8	)		(40.0	)
Restructuring charges-Americas		0.7			0.1			0.4			0.1			0.3			75.0
Gain on sales of facilities-Europe		—			—			(11.3	)		(1.1	)		11.3			NM
Legal proceedings charge-Europe		—			—			3.4			0.3			(3.4	)		NM

Total	$	114.3			7.2	%	$	142.4			7.2	%	$	(28.1	)		(19.8	)%

(1)

The percentages shown for the segments are computed as a percentage of the applicable segment’s net sales.

The Europe segment’s operating earnings, excluding the highlighted items discussed above, decreased $47.3 million or 72.9% in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009 due to lower organic volumes and sales prices. Organic volume in Europe dropped more than 20% in fiscal 2010, a significantly larger decrease than in our other two segments. We could not reduce costs in Europe as quickly as in the case of the other segments and, therefore experienced a substantial decline in operating earnings.

The Americas segment’s operating earnings, excluding the highlighted items discussed above, increased $8.0 million or 10.1% in fiscal 2010 despite a net sales decrease of 15.8%. The Americas segment’s operating earnings were favorably affected by improved plant utilization and cost savings programs, which more than offset a 14% decline in organic growth and a 3% decline in prices.

The Asia segment’s operating earnings, which increased $7.7 million, reflect the improved operating performance primarily from commodity cost savings despite a decrease in organic volume of approximately 8% and a decline in selling prices.

Interest Expense


	Fiscal 2010					Fiscal 2009					Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions			%
Interest expense	$	22.7		1.4	%	$	26.7		1.4	%	$	(4.0	)		(15.2	)%

Interest expense of $22.7 million in fiscal 2010 (net of interest income of $1.8 million) was $4.0 million lower than the $26.7 million in fiscal 2009 (net of interest income of $0.4 million).

The decrease in interest expense in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009 was attributed primarily to higher levels of invested cash, lower borrowing levels and lower LIBOR variable rates.

Our average debt outstanding (including the amount of the Convertible Notes discount of $39.4 million) was $364.1 million in fiscal 2010, compared to our average debt outstanding (including the amount of $44.2 million in Convertible Notes discount) of $395.8 million, in fiscal 2009. Our average cash interest rate incurred in fiscal 2010 was 4.3% compared to 5.0% in fiscal 2009.

Included in interest expense was non-cash, accreted interest on the Convertible Notes of $5.4 million in fiscal 2010 and $4.3 million in fiscal 2009. Also included in interest expense were non-cash charges for deferred financing fees of $1.7 million in fiscal 2010, compared to $1.7 million, in fiscal 2009.

Charges Related to Refinancing


	Fiscal 2010					Fiscal 2009					Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions			%
Charges related to refinancing	$	—		—	%	$	5.2		0.3	%	$	(5.2	)		NM

In fiscal 2009, we incurred charges in connection with the refinancing of amounts borrowed under our 2008 Credit Facility. These charges included $4.0 million in write offs of deferred financing fees and $1.2 million of losses incurred as a result of the termination of certain interest rate swap agreements.

Other (Income) Expense, Net


	Fiscal 2010					Fiscal 2009						Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions			As % Net Sales			In Millions		%
Other (income) expense, net	$	4.3		0.3	%	$	(8.6	)		(0.4	)%	$	12.9		NM

Other (income) expense, net was a net expense of $4.3 million in fiscal 2010 compared to a net income of $8.6 million in fiscal 2009. This was primarily attributed to net foreign currency transaction losses primarily on short-term intercompany loans and receivables of $3.0 million in fiscal 2010, as compared to a gain of $11.6 million in fiscal 2009.

Earnings Before Income Taxes


	Fiscal 2010					Fiscal 2009					Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions			%
Earnings before income taxes	$	87.3		5.5	%	$	119.1		6.0	%	$	(31.8	)		(26.7	)%

As a result of the factors discussed above, fiscal 2010 earnings before income taxes were $87.3 million, a decrease of $31.8 million or 26.7% compared to fiscal 2009.

Income Tax Expense


	Fiscal 2010						Fiscal 2009						Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions			As % Net Sales			In Millions			As % Net Sales			In Millions			%
Income tax expense	$	25.0			1.6	%	$	37.2			1.8	%	$	(12.2	)		(32.9	)%

Effective tax rate		28.6	%					31.2	%

The effective income tax rate was 28.6% in fiscal 2010, compared to the fiscal 2009 effective tax rate of 31.2%. The lower effective income tax rate in fiscal 2010 was primarily due to changes in the mix of earnings among our various legal entities in multiple jurisdictions and a non-recurring tax benefit of approximately $2.1 million that was recognized during fiscal 2010 on the filing of amended tax returns. The fiscal 2009 effective income tax rate included a non-recurring benefit of approximately $1.1 million on the effective settlement of a foreign tax credit.

Net Earnings


	Fiscal 2010					Fiscal 2009					Increase (Decrease)
	In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions		As % Net Sales			In Millions			%
Net earnings	$	62.3		3.9	%	$	81.9		4.2	%	$	(19.6	)		(24.0	)%

As a result of the factors described above, fiscal 2010 net earnings were $62.3 million compared to fiscal 2009 net earnings of $81.9 million. The $19.6 million decrease was due primarily to a $52.5 million or 12.7% decrease in gross profit as a result of a $393.5 million or 19.9% decline in sales. Gross profit margin increased by 190 basis points. In fiscal 2010, operating expenses declined $20.9 million or 8.1% as we did not reduce expenses as much as the percentage decline in revenue.

Net earnings per common share in fiscal 2010 were $1.29 per basic share and $1.28 per diluted share compared to $1.68 per basic share and $1.66 per diluted share in fiscal 2009.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

As we discussed in our Overview and Market and Economic Conditions above, our results have been significantly affected by the economic environment during the past three fiscal years. During periods of decreasing revenue, as during the recent recession, our Primary Working Capital generally decreases, enhancing cash flow from operations. In periods of increasing revenue, such as in our fiscal 2011, operating cash flow will generally be reduced by the need for additional Primary Working Capital. We have maintained sufficient lines of credit since the Company was formed in 2000 to fund our requirements for Primary Working Capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other investments. As discussed earlier, we believe that the 2011 Credit Facility which consists of a revolving line of credit of $350 million, expiring in March 2016, along with other credit lines and our available cash and cash equivalents of $108.9 million as of March 31, 2011, will be sufficient for our needs in the foreseeable future.

Cash Flow and Financing Activities

Cash and cash equivalents at March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, were $108.9 million, $201.0 million and $163.2 million, respectively.

Cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, was $76.5 million, $136.6 million and $219.4 million, respectively.

During fiscal 2011, cash from operating activities was provided primarily from net earnings of $113.4 million, depreciation and amortization of $44.4 million and $17.6 million from non-cash interest expense, write-off of deferred finance fees, provision for doubtful accounts, deferred taxes and stock compensation. This cash flow was partially offset by an $86.7 million increase in Primary Working Capital and a $12.2 million net increase in current and other assets, accrued expenses, and other liabilities.

During fiscal 2010, cash from operating activities was provided primarily from net earnings of $62.3 million, depreciation and amortization of $44.9 million, a $28.4 million decrease in Primary Working Capital and $23.8 million from non-cash interest expense, provision for doubtful accounts, deferred taxes and stock compensation. This cash flow was partially offset by a $16.6 million decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities, $2.9 million non-cash bargain purchase gain on the acquisition of Oerlikon, and a $0.9 million gain on disposal of assets.

During fiscal 2009, cash from operating activities was provided primarily from net earnings of $81.9 million, a $67.1 million decrease in Primary Working Capital, depreciation and amortization of $47.2 million and $34.9 million for other non-cash charges for non-cash interest, write-off of deferred finance fees, losses on the disposal and impairment of fixed assets, provision for doubtful accounts, deferred taxes and stock compensation. This cash flow was partially offset by an $11.3 million non-cash gain on sale of manufacturing facilities, primarily in Manchester, England.

As explained above in the discussion of our use of “non-GAAP financial measures,” we monitor the level and percentage of sales of Primary Working Capital. Primary Working Capital for this purpose is trade accounts receivable, plus inventories, minus trade accounts payable and the resulting net amount is divided by the trailing three month net sales (annualized) to derive a Primary Working Capital percentage. Primary Working Capital was $547.3 million (yielding a Primary Working Capital percentage of 25.0%) at March 31, 2011 and $439.7 million (yielding a Primary Working Capital percentage of 24.4%) at March 31, 2010. The 60 basis point increase during fiscal 2011 was mainly a result of maintaining higher levels of inventory to service higher sales levels. Increases in receivables and inventory were partially offset by an increase in accounts payable, and sales were 21.6% higher in the fourth quarter of 2011 as compared to the prior year. We recognize there is additional credit risk in the current economic environment and are taking appropriate steps to reduce this risk. However, we do not believe the increase in credit risk in fiscal 2011 is material to our overall business. We increased our allowance for doubtful accounts by $0.6 million and $1.9 million in fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively, to a level that we believe is adequate at this time. We had increased inventory levels and related accounts payable in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 as we experienced an improvement in orders and sales, and as a result of our recent acquisitions. We closely monitor our inventory turns and continue to adjust production levels as necessary.

Primary Working Capital and Primary Working Capital percentages at March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are computed as follows:


At March 31,	Trade Receivables		Inventory		Accounts Payable			Primary Working Capital		Quarter Revenue Annualized		Primary Working Capital %
					(in millions)
2011	$	464.1	$	335.0	$	(251.8	)	$	547.3	$	2,192.2		25.0	%
2010		383.6		254.4		(198.3	)		439.7		1,802.1		24.4
2009		356.2		209.3		(127.6	)		437.9		1,572.6		27.8

Cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $91.7 million, $77.2 million and $46.8 million, respectively. Capital expenditures were $59.9 million, $45.1 million and $57.1 million in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The current year’s capital spending included the construction in progress of our new plant in Chongqing, China and the completion of the expansion of our thin-plate, pure-lead manufacturing facilities. Our purchases of and investments in businesses were $32.2 million and $33.2 million in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively. Additionally, we received $10.3 million from the sale of facilities in fiscal 2009.

Financing activities used cash of $82.7 million in fiscal 2011 and $24.5 million in fiscal 2010 and $23.2 million in fiscal 2009.

During fiscal 2011, we repaid $201.1 million of the 2008 Credit Facility and $11.1 million of Euro Term Loan with $100 million of revolver proceeds borrowed under the new 2011 Credit Facility and available cash and cash equivalents. Additionally, in fiscal 2011 we borrowed $6.1 million under the China Term Loan, $3.1 million of short-term debt and paid $3.5 million in refinancing fees related to the 2011 Credit Facility.

During fiscal 2010, we repaid $7.4 million of short-term debt and made regularly scheduled payments of $25.2 million of long-term debt.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2009, we repaid $351.4 million borrowed under our 2004 senior secured credit facility with the issuance of $172.5 million of Convertible Notes, and $225.0 million of Term A Loans borrowed under our 2008 Credit Facility. Additionally, in fiscal 2009, we repaid $34.2 million of short-term debt and paid $10.9 million in refinancing fees related to the Convertible Notes and 2008 Credit Facility.

The exercise of stock options and the related tax benefits contributed $24.0 million, $7.3 million and $11.9 million, respectively, in fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009.

During fiscal 2009, we purchased 1.8 million shares of our common stock at $11.00 per common share for $19.8 million in the aggregate from an institutional stockholder.

As a result of the above, cash and cash equivalents decreased $92.1 million from $201.0 million at March 31, 2010 to $108.9 million at March 31, 2011.

We currently are in compliance with all covenants and conditions under our credit agreements.

In addition to cash flows from operating activities, we had available committed and uncommitted credit lines of approximately $356 million at March 31, 2011 to cover short-term liquidity requirements. Our 2011 Credit Facility is committed through March 2016, as long as we continue to comply with the covenants and conditions of the credit facility agreement. Included in our available credit lines at March 31, 2011 is $248.9 million of our 2011 Credit Facility.

We believe that our cash flow from operations, available cash and cash equivalents and available borrowing capacity under our credit facility will be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs, including normal levels of capital expenditures, for the foreseeable future; however, there can be no assurance that this will be the case.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements during any of the periods covered by this report.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

At March 31, 2011, we had certain cash obligations, which are due as follows:


	Total		Less than 1 year		2 to 3 years		4 to 5 years		After 5 years
	(in millions)
Long-term debt	$	278.6	$	—	$	2.4	$	275.0	$	1.2
Interest on debt		39.4		8.0		15.9		15.5		—
Operating leases		52.5		17.0		20.9		10.9		3.7
Pension benefit payments and profit sharing		29.6		2.1		4.7		5.4		17.4
Restructuring		5.3		5.3		—		—		—
Facility construction commitments		5.2		5.2		—		—		—
Interest rate swap agreements		5.8		3.2		2.6		—		—
Foreign currency forward contracts		2.6		2.6		—		—		—
Purchase commitments		6.3		6.3		—		—		—
Capital lease obligations, including interest		2.3		0.9		1.2		0.2		—

Total	$	427.6	$	50.6	$	47.7	$	307.0	$	22.3

Due to the uncertainty of future cash outflows, uncertain tax positions have been excluded from the table above.

Under our 2011 Credit Facility, we had outstanding standby letters of credit of $1.2 million as of March 31, 2011.

Credit Facilities and Leverage

Our focus on working capital management and cash flow from operations is measured by our ability to reduce debt and reduce our leverage ratios. Shown below are the leverage ratios in connection with our 2011 and 2008 Credit Facilities.

The total net debt as defined under our 2011 Credit Facility is $219.8 million for fiscal 2011 and is 1.0 times adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) as described below and reflects improved net earnings and positive cash flows

The total net debt as defined under our 2008 Credit Facility for fiscal 2010 was $268.9 million and was 1.7 times adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP).

The following table provides a reconciliation of net earnings to EBITDA (non-GAAP) and adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) as per our credit agreements:


	Fiscal 2011			Fiscal 2010
	(in millions, except ratios)
Net earnings as reported	$	113.4		$	62.3
Add back:
Depreciation and amortization		44.4			44.9
Interest expense		22.0			22.7
Income tax expense		38.0			25.0

EBITDA (non GAAP)⁽¹⁾	$	217.8		$	154.9
Adjustments per credit agreement definitions		11.4	⁽²⁾		4.1	⁽²⁾

Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) per credit agreements	$	229.2		$	159.0

Total net debt⁽³⁾	$	219.8		$	268.9

Leverage ratios:
Total net debt/adjusted EBITDA ratio⁽⁴⁾		1.0	X		1.7	X
Maximum ratio permitted		3.3	X		3.3	X
Consolidated interest coverage ratio⁽⁴⁾		15.9	X		9.7	X
Minimum ratio required		4.5	X		4.8	X

(1)

We have included EBITDA (non-GAAP) and adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) because our lenders use it as a key measure of our performance. EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered an alternative to net earnings or any other measure of performance under GAAP or to cash flows from operating, investing or financing activities as an indicator of cash flows or as a measure of liquidity. Our calculation of EBITDA may be different from the calculations used by other companies, and therefore comparability may be limited. Certain financial covenants in our 2011 and 2008 Credit Facilities are based on EBITDA, subject to adjustments, which are shown above. Because we have a significant amount of debt, and because continued availability of credit under our 2011 Credit Facility is critical to our ability to meet our business plans, we believe that an understanding of the key terms of our credit agreement is important to an investor’s understanding of our financial condition and liquidity risks. Failure to comply with our financial covenants, unless waived by our lenders, would mean we could not borrow any further amounts under our revolving credit facility and would give our lenders the right to demand immediate repayment of all outstanding term and revolving credit loans. We would be unable to continue our operations at current levels if we lost the liquidity provided under our credit agreements. Depreciation and amortization in this table excludes the amortization of deferred financing fees, which is included in interest expense.

(2)

The $11.4 million adjustment to EBITDA in fiscal 2011 related primarily to the adjustment of $2.3 million for non-cash write off of deferred financing fees related to the March 2011 refinancing and $9.1 million related to non-cash stock compensation expenses. The $4.1 million of adjustments to EBITDA in fiscal 2010 related primarily to the adjustment for $2.9 million for non-cash bargain purchase gain on the Oerlikon acquisition, offset by adding back $7.0 million related primarily to stock compensation expense.

(3)

Debt includes capital lease obligations and letters of credit issued under the 2011 and 2008 Credit Facilities and is net of U.S. cash and cash equivalents. Net debt in fiscal 2011 is also net of $44 million of European cash investments as defined in the 2011 Credit Facility.

(4)

These ratios are included to show compliance with the leverage ratios set forth in our credit facilities. We show both our current ratios and the maximum ratio permitted or minimum ratio required under our 2011 and 2008 Credit Facilities.

EnerSys Stockholders’ Equity

Stockholders’ equity increased $194.4 million during fiscal 2011 due to net earnings of $113.4 million; an increase for currency translation adjustments of $36.5 million due primarily to the strengthening of European currencies, $33.0 million of increases related to stock-based compensation and the exercise of stock options and a $9.5 million unrealized gain on derivative instruments and $2.0 million related to pension liabilities.

Stockholders’ equity increased $109.8 million during fiscal 2010 due to net earnings of $62.3 million; an increase for currency translation adjustments of $31.2 million due primarily to the strengthening of European currencies, $14.2 million of increases related to stock-based compensation and the exercise of stock options and a $2.6 million unrealized gain on derivative instruments.

RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In December 2010, FASB issued an amendment related to the pro forma revenue and earnings disclosure requirements for business combinations. The guidance requires a public entity to disclose pro forma information for business combinations that occurred in the current reporting period as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that occurred during the year had been as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period. The guidance also expands the supplemental pro forma disclosures to include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro forma revenue and earnings.

The guidance is effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The Company expects that the adoption of the guidance will have an impact on its consolidated financial statements, in the event that the Company acquires companies significant to its operations in the future.

Related Party Transactions

FASB guidance, Related Party Disclosures requires us to identify and describe material transactions involving related persons or entities and to disclose information necessary to understand the effects of such transactions on our consolidated financial statements. In fiscal years 2011 and 2010, under the terms of a security holder agreement, we paid $0.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively, in fees related to secondary offerings of 2.85 million shares and 3.20 million shares, respectively, of our common stock to underwriters by certain of our stockholders, including affiliates of Metalmark Capital LLC and certain other institutional stockholders.

Sequential Quarterly Information

Fiscal 2011 and 2010 quarterly operating results, and the associated quarterly trends within each of those two fiscal years, are affected by the same economic and business conditions as described in the fiscal 2011 versus fiscal 2010 analyses previously discussed.


	Fiscal 2010									Fiscal 2011
	June 28, 2009 1^st Qtr.		Sept. 27, 2009 2^nd Qtr.		Dec. 27, 2009 3^rd Qtr.			March 31, 2010 4^th Qtr.		July 4, 2010 1^st Qtr.		Oct. 3, 2010 2^nd Qtr.		Jan. 2, 2011 3^rd Qtr.			March 31, 2011 4^th Qtr.
	(in millions, except per share amounts)
Net sales	$	340.3	$	367.3	$	421.3		$	450.5	$	435.0	$	472.8	$	508.6		$	548.0
Cost of goods sold		262.8		278.7		323.0			354.0		338.4		362.1		390.7			423.4

Gross profit		77.5		88.6		98.3			96.5		96.6		110.7		117.9			124.6
Operating expenses, including amortization		54.4		60.3		61.6			59.3		58.4		63.5		67.8			69.5
Restructuring charges		3.5		3.2		1.0			6.2		0.7		2.7		1.8			1.6
Bargain purchase gain		—		—		(2.9	)		—		—		—		—			—

Operating earnings		19.6		25.1		38.6			31.0		37.5		44.5		48.3			53.5
Interest expense		5.4		5.6		5.7			6.0		6.0		6.1		5.6			4.3
Charges related to refinancing		—		—		—			—		—		—		—			8.2
Other (income) expense, net		1.9		0.8		1.4			0.2		—		1.0		(0.4	)		1.6

Earnings before income taxes		12.3		18.7		31.5			24.8		31.5		37.4		43.1			39.4
Income tax expense		3.9		5.8		8.3			7.0		8.5		10.8		9.4			9.3

Net earnings	$	8.4	$	12.9	$	23.2		$	17.8	$	23.0	$	26.6	$	33.7		$	30.1

Net earnings per common share:
Basic	$	0.18	$	0.27	$	0.48		$	0.37	$	0.47	$	0.54	$	0.68		$	0.60
Diluted		0.17		0.26		0.47			0.36		0.47		0.53		0.67			0.59
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic		47,936,401		48,031,005		48,179,030			48,342,392		48,819,481		49,120,985		49,564,495			49,999,565
Diluted		48,454,695		48,838,160		48,841,856			49,201,668		49,442,915		49,746,602		50,331,554			50,655,912

Net Sales

Quarterly net sales by business segment were as follows:


	Fiscal 2010												Fiscal 2011
	1st Qtr.			2nd Qtr			3rd Qtr.			4th Qtr.			1st Qtr			2nd Qtr.			3rd Qtr.			4th Qtr.
	(in millions)
Net sales by segment:
Europe	$	156.1		$	168.0		$	209.7		$	208.2		$	188.5		$	207.4		$	236.4		$	258.0
Americas		150.3			164.6			179.0			206.4			205.7			221.1			224.6			245.2
Asia		33.9			34.7			32.6			35.9			40.8			44.3			47.6			44.8

Total	$	340.3		$	367.3		$	421.3		$	450.5		$	435.0		$	472.8		$	508.6		$	548.0

Segment net sales as % total:
Europe		45.9	%		45.7	%		49.8	%		46.2	%		43.3	%		43.9	%		46.5	%		47.1	%
Americas		44.1			44.8			42.5			45.8			47.3			46.8			44.2			44.7
Asia		10.0			9.5			7.7			8.0			9.4			9.3			9.3			8.2

Total		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%

Quarterly net sales by product line were as follows:


	Fiscal 2010												Fiscal 2011
	1st Qtr.			2nd Qtr			3rd Qtr.			4th Qtr.			1st Qtr			2nd Qtr.			3rd Qtr.			4th Qtr.
	(in millions)
Net sales by product line:
Reserve power	$	182.8		$	198.0		$	213.3		$	226.4		$	207.6		$	247.3		$	252.9		$	262.6
Motive power		157.5			169.3			208.0			224.1			227.4			225.5			255.7			285.4

Total	$	340.3		$	367.3		$	421.3		$	450.5		$	435.0		$	472.8		$	508.6		$	548.0

Product line net sales as % total:
Reserve power		53.7	%		53.9	%		50.6	%		50.3	%		47.7	%		52.3	%		49.7	%		47.9	%
Motive power		46.3			46.1			49.4			49.7			52.3			47.7			50.3			52.1

Total		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market Risks

EnerSys’ cash flows and earnings are subject to fluctuations resulting from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and raw material costs. We manage our exposure to these market risks through internally established policies and procedures and, when deemed appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. EnerSys’ policy does not allow speculation in derivative instruments for profit or execution of derivative instrument contracts for which there are no underlying exposures. We do not use financial instruments for trading purposes and are not a party to any leveraged derivatives. We monitor our underlying market risk exposures on an ongoing basis and believe that we can modify or adapt our hedging strategies as needed.

Counterparty Risks

We have entered into interest rate swap agreements to manage risk on a portion of our long-term floating-rate debt. We have entered into lead forward purchase contracts to manage risk on the cost of lead. We have entered into foreign exchange forward contracts and purchased option contracts to manage risk on foreign currency exposures. The Company’s agreements are with creditworthy financial institutions. Those contracts that result in a liability position at March 31, 2011 are $8.4 million (pre-tax), therefore the Company believes there is no risk of nonperformance by the counterparties. Those contracts that result in an asset position at March 31, 2011 are $9.6 million (pre-tax) and the vast majority of these will settle within one year.

Interest Rate Risks

We are exposed to changes in variable U.S. interest rates on borrowings under our credit agreements. On a selective basis, from time to time, we enter into interest rate swap agreements to reduce the negative impact that increases in interest rates could have on our outstanding variable rate debt. These interest rate swaps were highly effective against changes in the cash flows from our underlying variable rate debt based on the criteria in FASB guidance until March 29, 2011, when the refinancing under the new revolving credit facility rendered the swaps ineligible for hedge accounting. Consequently, cash flows related to the interest rate swap agreements were included in interest expense over the terms of the agreements until March 29, 2011. Subsequent to March 29, 2011, the Company discontinued hedge accounting for the interest rate swaps and amounts previously recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income were released to the income statement, under the caption “Charges related to refinancing”. Changes in fair value of the instruments between March 29, 2011 and March 31, 2011 were insignificant. Changes in fair value, subsequent to March 31, 2011 will be recorded in the income statement under the caption “Other (income) expense, net”.

At March 31, 2011 and 2010, the notional amounts of interest rate swap agreements were $85.0 million and $170.0 million. The $85.0 million interest rate swap agreements expire between February–May 2013.

Under the interest rate swaps, the Company receives three-month LIBOR and pays a fixed interest rate which averaged 4.28% and 5.21% on March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

A 100 basis point increase in interest rates would increase interest expense by approximately $1.0 million on the variable rate portions of our debt.

Commodity Cost Risks

We have a significant risk in our exposure to certain raw materials, which we estimate was over half of total cost of goods sold for fiscal 2011 and 2010. Our largest single raw material cost is lead, the cost of which remains volatile. To mitigate against large increases in lead costs, we enter into contracts with financial institutions to fix the price of lead. We had the following contracts at the dates shown below:


Date	$’s Under Contract		Pounds Under Contract		Average Contract Price/Pound		Approximate % of Lead Requirements⁽¹⁾
	(in millions)		(in millions)
March 31, 2011	$	68.2		63.4	$	1.08		14	%
March 31, 2010		60.7		63.4		0.96		17
March 31, 2009		14.9		29.7		0.50		7

(1)

Based on the fiscal year lead requirements for the period then ended.

We estimate that a 10% increase in our cost of lead (over our current estimated cost in fiscal 2011) would increase our annual total cost of goods sold by approximately $50 million.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risks

We manufacture and assemble our products primarily in China, the Czech Republic, France, Germany, Mexico, Poland, Bulgaria, the United Kingdom and the United States. Approximately 60% of our sales and expenses are transacted in foreign currencies. Our sales revenue, production costs, profit margins and competitive position are affected by the strength of the currencies in countries where we manufacture or purchase goods relative to the strength of the currencies in countries where our products are sold. Additionally, as we report our financial statements in the U.S. dollar, our financial results are affected by the strength of the currencies in countries where we have operations relative to the strength of the U.S. dollar. The principal foreign currencies in which we conduct business are the euro, British pound, Polish zloty, Chinese renminbi and Mexican peso.

To hedge these exposures we have entered into forward purchase contracts with financial institutions to fix the value at which we will buy or sell certain currencies. Each contract is for a period not extending beyond one year. Forward contracts outstanding as of March 31, 2011 and 2010 were $82.8 million and $64.2 million, respectively. The details of contracts outstanding as of March 31, 2011 are as follows:


Transactions Hedged	$US Equivalent (in millions)		Average Rate Hedged		Approximate % of Annual Requirements⁽²⁾
Sell Euros for U.S. dollars	$	24.4		$/ €1.36		13	%
Sell Euros for Polish zloty		35.7		PLN/ €3.95		53
Sell Euros for British pounds		20.6		€/ £0.85		52
Sell U.S. dollars for Chinese Renminbi		2.1		CNY/ $6.54		14

Total	$	82.8

(2)

Based on the fiscal year currency requirements for the year ended March 31, 2011.

Foreign exchange translation adjustments are recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

Based on changes in the timing and amount of interest rate and foreign currency exchange rate movements and our actual exposures and hedges, actual gains and losses in the future may differ from our historical results.

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Contents

EnerSys

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting)		53
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (on Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule)		54
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2011 and 2010		55
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009		56
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009		57
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009		58
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		59
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies		59
2. Acquisitions		64
3. Inventories		65
4. Property, Plant, and Equipment		65
5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets		66
6. Other Assets		67
7. Accrued Expenses		67
8. Debt		68
9. Leases		71
10. Other Liabilities		72
11. Fair Value of Financial Instruments		72
12. Derivative Financial Instruments		73
13. Income Taxes		76
14. Retirement Plans		79
15. Stockholders’ Equity		83
16. Secondary Offerings of Common Shares		84
17. Stock-Based Compensation		85
18. Earnings Per Share		88
19. Commitments, Contingencies and Litigation		88
20. Restructuring Plans		89
21. Warranty		91
22. Other Charges and (Income)		91
23. Other (Income) Expense, Net and Charges Related to Refinancing		92
24. Operations by Industry Segment and Geographic Area		92
25. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)		94
26. Subsequent Events		94

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

EnerSys

We have audited EnerSys’ internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). EnerSys’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, EnerSys maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2011, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of EnerSys as of March 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2011 and our report dated May 31, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

May 31, 2011

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

EnerSys

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of EnerSys as of March 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2011. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of EnerSys at March 31, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), EnerSys’ internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated May 31, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

May 31, 2011

EnerSys

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)


	March 31,
	2011			2010
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	108,869		$	201,042
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts (2011—$10,547; 2010—$9,879)		464,072			383,641
Inventories		335,003			254,371
Deferred taxes		19,801			16,378
Prepaid and other current assets		70,203			39,849

Total current assets		997,948			895,281
Property, plant, and equipment, net		344,385			315,141
Goodwill		343,666			317,265
Other intangible assets, net		98,819			90,136
Deferred taxes		15,785			10,744
Other assets		27,784			23,443

Total assets	$	1,828,387		$	1,652,010

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Short-term debt	$	3,160		$	43
Current portion of long-term debt		43			26,045
Current portion of capital lease obligations		819			650
Accounts payable		251,814			198,345
Accrued expenses		204,488			190,004
Deferred taxes		3,248			4,426

Total current liabilities		463,572			419,513
Long-term debt		247,949			322,168
Capital lease obligations		1,429			1,580
Deferred taxes		79,589			70,023
Other liabilities		56,855			54,502

Total liabilities		849,394			867,786
Commitments and contingencies		—			—
Equity:
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding at March 31, 2011 and at March 31, 2010		—			—
Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 135,000,000 shares authorized, 51,834,353 shares issued and 50,034,353 shares outstanding at March 31, 2011; 50,381,832 shares issued and 48,581,832 shares outstanding at March 31, 2010		518			504
Additional paid-in capital		461,597			428,579
Treasury stock at cost, 1,800,000 shares held as of March 31, 2011 and 2010		(19,800	)		(19,800	)
Retained earnings		416,836			303,410
Accumulated other comprehensive income		115,180			67,204

Total EnerSys stockholders’ equity		974,331			779,897
Non-controlling interest		4,662			4,327

Total equity		978,993			784,224

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	1,828,387		$	1,652,010

See accompanying notes.

EnerSys

Consolidated Statements of Income

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)


	Fiscal year ended March 31,
	2011		2010			2009
Net sales	$	1,964,462	$	1,579,385		$	1,972,867
Cost of goods sold		1,514,618		1,218,481			1,559,433

Gross profit		449,844		360,904			413,434
Operating expenses		259,217		235,597			256,507
Restructuring charges		6,813		13,929			22,424
Bargain purchase gain		—		(2,919	)		—
Gain on sales of facilities		—		—			(11,308	)
Legal proceedings charge		—		—			3,366

Operating earnings		183,814		114,297			142,445
Interest expense		22,038		22,658			26,733
Charges related to refinancing		8,155		—			5,209
Other (income) expense, net		2,177		4,384			(8,597	)

Earnings before income taxes		151,444		87,255			119,100
Income tax expense		38,018		24,951			37,170

Net earnings	$	113,426	$	62,304		$	81,930

Net earnings per common share:
Basic	$	2.30	$	1.29		$	1.68

Diluted	$	2.27	$	1.28		$	1.66

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding:
Basic		49,376,132		48,122,207			48,824,434

Diluted		50,044,246		48,834,095			49,420,303

See accompanying notes.

EnerSys

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

(In Thousands)


	Series A Convertible Preferred Stock		Common Stock		Paid-in Capital			Treasury Stock			Retained Earnings		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income			Total EnerSys Stockholders’ Equity			Non-Controlling Interest		Total Stockholders’ Equity
Balance at March 31, 2008	$	—	$	491	$	368,963		$	—		$	159,176	$	162,913		$	691,543		$	4,242	$	695,785
Stock-based compensation		—		—		5,021			—			—		—			5,021			—		5,021
Exercise of stock awards		—		7		5,788			—			—		—			5,795			—		5,795
Tax benefit from stock options		—		—		6,100			—			—		—			6,100			—		6,100
Convertible Notes discount		—		—		46,280			—			—		—			46,280			—		46,280
Tax benefit from Convertible Notes discount		—		—		(17,860	)		—			—		—			(17,860	)		—		(17,860	)
Purchase of common stock		—		—		—			(19,800	)		—		—			(19,800	)		—		(19,800	)
Net earnings		—		—		—			—			81,930		—			81,930			—		81,930
Other comprehensive income:
Pension funded status adjustment, net of tax benefit of $152		—		—		—			—			—		544			544			—		544
Unrealized gain on derivative instruments, net of tax of ($675)		—		—		—			—			—		1,250			1,250			—		1,250
Foreign currency translation adjustment		—		—		—			—			—		(130,652	)		(130,652	)		—		(130,652	)

Comprehensive loss																	(46,928	)		—		(46,928	)

Balance at March 31, 2009	$	—	$	498	$	414,292		$	(19,800	)	$	241,106	$	34,055		$	670,151		$	4,242	$	674,393
Stock-based compensation		—		—		6,964			—			—		—			6,964			—		6,964
Exercise of stock options		—		6		5,036			—			—		—			5,042			—		5,042
Tax benefit from stock options		—		—		2,287			—			—		—			2,287			—		2,287
Increase in non-controlling interest		—		—		—			—			—		—			—			85		85
Net earnings		—		—		—			—			62,304		—			62,304			—		62,304
Other comprehensive income:
Pension funded status adjustment, net of tax of ($367)		—		—		—			—			—		(685	)		(685	)		—		(685	)
Unrealized income on derivative instruments, net of tax of ($1,421)		—		—		—			—			—		2,626			2,626			—		2,626
Foreign currency translation adjustment		—		—		—			—			—		31,208			31,208			—		31,208

Comprehensive income																	95,453			—		95,453

Balance at March 31, 2010	$	—	$	504	$	428,579		$	(19,800	)	$	303,410	$	67,204		$	779,897		$	4,327	$	784,224
Stock-based compensation		—		—		9,056			—			—		—			9,056			—		9,056
Exercise of stock options		—		14		17,880			—			—		—			17,894			—		17,894
Tax benefit from stock options		—		—		6,082			—			—		—			6,082			—		6,082
Increase in non-controlling interest		—		—		—			—			—		—			—			335		335
Net earnings		—		—		—			—			113,426		—			113,426			—		113,426
Other comprehensive income:
Pension funded status adjustment, net of tax of ($794)		—		—		—			—			—		1,967			1,967			—		1,967
Unrealized income on derivative instruments, net of tax of ($5,251)		—		—		—			—			—		9,470			9,470			—		9,470
Foreign currency translation adjustment		—		—		—			—			—		36,539			36,539			—		36,539

Comprehensive income																	161,402			—		161,402

Balance at March 31, 2011	$	—	$	518	$	461,597		$	(19,800	)	$	416,836	$	115,180		$	974,331		$	4,662	$	978,993

See accompanying notes.

EnerSys

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In Thousands)


	Fiscal year ended March 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Cash flows from operating activities
Net earnings	$	113,426		$	62,304		$	81,930
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		44,393			44,851			47,233
Write-off of deferred financing fees		2,308			—			3,963
Bargain purchase gain		—			(2,919	)		—
Gain on sale of facilities		—			—			(11,308	)
Provision for doubtful accounts		1,513			2,712			4,873
Deferred income taxes		(3,064	)		6,975			8,828
Non-cash interest expense		7,776			7,163			5,994
Stock-based compensation		9,056			6,964			5,021
(Gain)/loss on disposal and impairment of fixed assets		—			(912	)		6,219
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:
Accounts receivable		(61,892	)		(7,303	)		85,915
Inventory		(67,250	)		(23,445	)		90,930
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(15,658	)		(1,075	)		(1,509	)
Other assets		(2,552	)		(1,218	)		142
Accounts payable		42,422			59,116			(109,712	)
Accrued expenses		(3,822	)		(5,816	)		4,895
Other liabilities		9,803			(10,795	)		(3,977	)

Net cash provided by operating activities		76,459			136,602			219,437

Cash flows from investing activities
Capital expenditures		(59,940	)		(45,111	)		(57,143	)
Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired		(32,200	)		(33,242	)		—
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant, and equipment		479			1,109			10,333

Net cash used in investing activities		(91,661	)		(77,244	)		(46,810	)

Cash flows from financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in short-term debt		3,084			(7,436	)		(34,195	)
Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt		106,112			—			397,500
Deferred financing fees		(3,500	)		—			(10,950	)
Payments of long-term debt		(212,238	)		(25,243	)		(367,018	)
Capital lease obligations and other		(111	)		878			(628	)
Exercise of stock options		17,894			5,042			5,795
Purchase of treasury stock		—			—			(19,800	)
Tax benefits from exercise of stock options		6,082			2,287			6,100

Net cash used in financing activities		(82,677	)		(24,472	)		(23,196	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		5,706			2,995			(6,890	)

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		(92,173	)		37,881			142,541
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		201,042			163,161			20,620

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	108,869		$	201,042		$	163,161

See accompanying notes.

EnerSys

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2011

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

EnerSys and its predecessor companies have been manufacturers of industrial batteries for over 100 years. Morgan Stanley Capital Partners (currently Metalmark Capital) teamed with the management of Yuasa, Inc. in late 2000 to acquire from Yuasa Corporation its reserve power and motive power battery businesses in the Americas. The Company was incorporated in October 2000 for the purpose of completing the Yuasa, Inc. acquisition from Yuasa Corporation. The acquired businesses included the Exide, General Battery and Yuasa brands. On January 1, 2001, the Company changed its name from Yuasa, Inc. to EnerSys to reflect its focus on the energy systems nature of its businesses. In March 2002, the Company acquired the worldwide reserve power and motive power business of the Energy Storage Group (ESG), of Invensys plc (Invensys), whose principal brands were Hawker, PowerSafe and DataSafe. The Company has since made numerous other smaller acquisitions.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned and wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Foreign Currency Translation

Results of foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars using average exchange rates during the period. The assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using current rates as of the balance sheet date. Gains or losses resulting from translating the foreign currency financial statements are accumulated as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) in EnerSys’ stockholders’ equity.

Transaction gains and losses resulting from exchange rate changes on transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the applicable subsidiary are included in other (income) expense, net, in the year in which the change occurs.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when the earnings process is complete. This occurs when the Company ships in accordance with terms of the underlying agreement, title transfers, collectability is reasonably assured and pricing is fixed and determinable. Shipment terms to our battery product customers are primarily shipping point or destination and do not differ significantly between the Company’s business segments. Accordingly, revenue is recognized when title is transferred to the customer. Amounts invoiced to customers for shipping and handling are classified as revenue. Taxes on revenue producing transactions are not included in net sales.

The Company recognizes revenue from the service of its reserve power and motive power products when the respective services are performed.

Accruals are made at the time of sale for sales returns and other allowances based on the Company’s historical experience.

Freight Expense

Amounts billed to customers for outbound freight costs are classified as sales in the consolidated statements of income. Costs incurred by the Company for outbound freight costs to customers, inbound and transfer freight are classified in cost of goods sold.

Warranties

Substantially all of the Company’s products are warranted for a period of one to twenty years. The Company provides for estimated product warranty expenses when the related products are sold.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that subject the Company to potential concentration of credit risk consist principally of short-term cash investments and trade accounts receivable. The Company invests its cash with various financial institutions and in various investment instruments limiting the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution or entity. The Company has bank deposits that exceed federally-insured limits. In addition, certain cash investments may be made in U.S. and foreign government bonds, or other highly rated investments guaranteed by the U.S. or foreign governments. Concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited by a large, diversified customer base and its geographic dispersion. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and requires collateral, such as letters of credit, in certain circumstances.

Accounts Receivable

The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. The allowance is based on management’s estimate of uncollectible accounts, analysis of historical data and trends, as well as reviews of all relevant factors concerning the financial capability of its customers. Accounts receivable are considered to be past due based on how payments are received compared to the customer’s credit terms. Accounts are written off when management determines the account is uncollectible.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The cost of inventory consists of material, labor, and associated overhead.

Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment are recorded at cost and include expenditures that substantially increase the useful lives of the assets. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows: 10 to 33 years for buildings and improvements and 3 to 15 years for machinery and equipment.

Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Interest on capital projects is capitalized during the construction period.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company records the excess of purchase price over the fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired as goodwill. Goodwill and indefinite-lived trade names are tested for impairment at least annually and whenever events or circumstances occur indicating that a possible impairment may have incurred. The Company utilizes financial projections of its business segments, certain cash flow measures, as well as its market capitalization in its determination of the fair value of these assets.

Finite-lived assets such as purchased and licensed technology, patents and customer lists are amortized over their estimated useful lives, generally over periods ranging from 3 to 20 years. The Company reviews the carrying values of these assets for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable based on undiscounted estimated cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. The Company continually evaluates the reasonableness of the useful lives of these assets. Once these assets are fully amortized, they are removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews the carrying values of its property and equipment for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable based on undiscounted estimated cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. The factors considered by the Company in performing this assessment include current operating results, trends and other economic factors. In assessing the recoverability of the carrying value of the property and equipment, the Company must make assumptions regarding future cash flows and other factors. If these estimates or the related assumptions change in the future, the Company may be required to record an impairment loss for these assets.

Environmental Expenditures

The Company records a loss and establishes a reserve for environmental remediation liabilities when it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability exists and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. Reasonable estimates involve judgments made by management after considering a broad range of information including: notifications, demands or settlements that have been received from a regulatory authority or private party, estimates performed by independent engineering companies and outside counsel, available facts existing and proposed technology, the identification of other potentially responsible parties, their ability to contribute and prior experience. These judgments are reviewed quarterly as more information is received and the amounts reserved are updated as necessary. However, the reserves may materially differ from ultimate actual liabilities if the loss contingency is difficult to estimate or if management’s judgments turn out to be inaccurate. If management believes no best estimate exists, the minimum probable loss is accrued.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate carrying value due to their short maturities.

The fair value of the Company’s new $350,000 senior secured revolving credit facility (“2011 Credit Facility”), the 75,000 Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”) credit facility (“China Term Loan”) and short-term debt approximate their carrying value, as they are variable rate debt and the current terms are comparable to market terms as of the balance sheet dates.

The fair value amounts of the Company’s $172,500 senior unsecured 3.375% convertible notes (“Convertible Notes”) represent the trading values of the Convertible Notes which is based upon quoted market prices.

The fair value of interest rate swap agreements is based on observable prices as quoted for receiving the variable three month London Interbank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”) and paying fixed interest rates.

The fair value of lead forward contracts is calculated using observable prices for lead as quoted on the London Metal Exchange (“LME”).

The fair value for foreign currency forward contracts are based upon current quoted market prices.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance, which requires deferred tax assets and liabilities be recognized using enacted tax rates to measure the effect of temporary differences between book and tax bases on recorded assets and liabilities. FASB guidance also requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance, if it is more likely than not some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be recognized.

The Company evaluates on a quarterly basis its ability to realize deferred tax assets by assessing its valuation allowance and by adjusting the amount of such allowance, if necessary. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are forecasts of future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets.

In accordance with FASB guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, the Company evaluates tax positions to determine whether the benefits of tax positions are more likely than not of being sustained upon audit based on the technical merits of the tax position. For tax positions that are more likely than not of being sustained upon audit, the Company recognizes the largest amount of the benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. For tax positions that are not more likely than not of being sustained upon audit, the Company does not recognize any portion of the benefit. If the more likely than not threshold is not met in the period for which a tax position is taken, the Company may subsequently recognize the benefit of that tax position if the tax matter is effectively settled, the statute of limitations expires, or if the more likely than not threshold is met in a subsequent period.

Deferred Financing Fees

Debt issuance costs that are incurred by the Company in connection with the issuance of debt are deferred and amortized to interest expense over the life of the underlying indebtedness, adjusted to reflect any early repayments.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company utilizes derivative instruments to mitigate volatility related to interest rates, lead prices and foreign currency exposures. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The Company recognizes derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet and measures those instruments at fair value. Changes in the fair value of those instruments are reported in AOCI if they qualify for hedge accounting or in earnings if they do not qualify for hedge accounting. Derivatives qualify for hedge accounting if they are designated as hedge instruments and if the hedge is highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the asset or liability hedged. Effectiveness is measured on a regular basis using statistical analysis and by comparing the overall changes in the expected cash flows on the lead and foreign currency forward contracts with the changes in the expected all-in cash outflow required for the lead and foreign currency purchases. This analysis is performed on the initial purchases quarterly that cover the quantities hedged. Accordingly, gains and losses from changes in derivative fair value of effective hedges are deferred until the underlying transaction affects earnings. Interest expense on the debt is adjusted to include the payments made or received under such interest rate swap agreements. Cost of goods sold is adjusted to include the payments made or received under such lead and foreign currency forward contracts.

Retirement Plans

The Company accounts for retirement plans in accordance with FASB guidance on employers’ accounting for defined benefit pension benefit plans, which requires an entity to recognize in its statement of financial position an asset for a defined benefit postretirement plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status, and to measure a defined benefit postretirement plan’s assets and obligation that determine its funded status as of the end of the balance sheet date.

The Company uses certain assumptions in the calculation of the actuarial valuations of its defined benefit plans. These assumptions include the weighted average discount rate, rates of increase in compensation levels and expected long-term rates of return of plan assets. If actual results are less favorable than those projected by the Company, additional expense may be required.

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

The Company accounts for stock compensation in accordance with FASB guidance, which requires the Company to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for the award of an equity instrument based on the grant-date fair value of the award, with such cost recognized over the applicable vesting period. In addition, the guidance requires an entity to provide certain disclosures in order to assist in understanding the nature of share-based payment transactions and the effects of those transactions on the financial statements.

Market Share Units

The fair value of the market share units is estimated at the date of grant using a binomial matrix-pricing model with the following assumptions: a risk-free interest rate, dividend yield, time to maturity and expected volatility. These units vest and are settled in common stock on the third anniversary of the date of grant. Market share units are converted into between zero and two shares of common stock for each unit granted at the end of a three-year performance cycle. The conversion ratio is calculated by dividing the average closing share price of the Company’s common stock during the ninety calendar days immediately preceding the vesting date by the average closing share price of the Company’s common stock during the ninety calendar days immediately preceding the grant date, with the resulting quotient capped at two. This quotient is then multiplied by the number of market share units granted to yield the number of shares of common stock to be delivered on the vesting date. The Company recognizes compensation expense using the straight-line method over the life of the market share units.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

The fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock units are based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. These awards generally vest, and are settled in common stock, at 25% per year, over a four-year period from the date of grant. The Company recognizes compensation expense using the straight-line method over the life of the restricted stock and restricted stock units.

Stock Options

The fair value of the options granted is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model utilizing assumptions based on historical data and current market data. The assumptions include expected term of the options, risk-free interest rate, expected volatility, and dividend yield. The expected term represents the expected amount of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding, based on historical and forecasted exercise behavior. The risk-free rate is based on the rate at grant date of zero-coupon U.S. Treasury Notes with a term equal to the expected term of the option. Expected volatility is estimated using historical volatility rates based on historical weekly price changes. The Company’s dividend yield is based on historical data. The Company recognizes compensation expense using the straight-line method over the vesting period of the options.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) are computed by dividing net earnings available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that would occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. At March 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had outstanding stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, market share units and Convertible Notes, which could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future.

Segment Reporting

FASB guidance defines that a segment for reporting purposes, is based on the financial performance measures that are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to assess segment performance and to make decisions about a public entity’s allocation of resources. Based on this guidance, the Company reports its segment results based upon the three geographical regions of operations—Americas, Europe and Asia.

New Accounting Pronouncements

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

2. Acquisitions

In fiscal 2011, the Company made three acquisitions, the most significant of which was the acquisition of the lithium-ion battery business, ABSL Power Solutions Ltd (“ABSL”), which was completed on February 28, 2011. These acquisitions are in line with the Company’s strategy of diversifying its technology base and strengthening prior investments in new technology. The purchase price paid for these transactions, net of cash received, was $32,200 and was financed using cash on hand. The Company is in the process of finalizing purchase accounting for these acquisitions. The Company made initial allocations of the purchase prices at the date of the acquisitions based on the estimated fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed. The Company obtained this information during due diligence and through other sources. The Company will finalize the estimates of fair value and the allocations of purchase prices will be adjusted. The Company acquired intangible assets, in connection with the ABSL acquisition, including trademarks, customer relationships, technology and goodwill. Trademarks were initially valued at $1,774, customer relationships at $3,547 and technology at $2,741. These were assigned finite useful lives and amortization is recorded over the economic life of the intangibles. Goodwill relating to the acquisition of ABSL was recorded at $14,967.

In fiscal 2010, the Company made three acquisitions, the most significant of which was the acquisition of the industrial battery businesses of the Swiss company Accu Holding AG, which included the acquisition of the stock of OEB Traction Batteries and the operating assets and liabilities of Oerlikon Stationery Batteries and its Swedish sales subsidiary (all collectively referred to as “Oerlikon”) during November 2009. The accounting for the Oerlikon acquisition resulted in the recognition of a bargain purchase gain of $2,919. The total purchase price for these transactions, net of cash received, was $33,242 and was financed using cash on hand. These acquisitions and the investment provide the Company with an additional range of well respected and designed products for use in high integrity applications in telecommunications, utilities, rail, material handling and mining, as well as other sectors.

The results of these acquisitions have been included in the Company’s results of operations from the dates of their respective acquisitions. Pro forma earnings per share computations have not been presented as these acquisitions are not considered material.

In connection with certain of its acquisitions, the Company formulated restructuring plans for the integration of the acquired businesses. See Note 20 for additional information regarding these plans.

3. Inventories

Net inventories consist of:


	March 31,
	2011		2010
Raw materials	$	92,928	$	66,288
Work-in-process		100,261		80,397
Finished goods		141,814		107,686

Total	$	335,003	$	254,371

Inventory reserves for obsolescence and other estimated losses, mainly relating to finished goods, were $15,052 and $11,678 at March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and have been included in the net amounts shown above.

4. Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment consist of:


	March 31,
	2011			2010
Land, buildings, and improvements	$	174,887		$	161,211
Machinery and equipment		475,818			443,799
Construction in progress		51,662			29,041

		702,367			634,051
Less accumulated depreciation		(357,982	)		(318,910	)

Total	$	344,385		$	315,141

Depreciation expense for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 totaled $43,517, $44,145, and $46,694, respectively. Interest capitalized in connection with major construction projects amounted to $1,292, $929, and $1,062 for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Information regarding the Company’s other intangible assets are as follows:


	March 31,
	2011							2010
	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Amount		Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Amount
Indefinite-lived intangible assets:
Trademarks	$	83,021	$	(953	)	$	82,068	$	82,598	$	(953	)	$	81,645
Finite-lived intangible assets:
Customer lists		11,064		(1,880	)		9,184		6,814		(1,416	)		5,398
Non-compete		2,117		(954	)		1,163		1,890		(708	)		1,182
Patents		3,402		(210	)		3,192		680		(165	)		515
Trademarks		3,771		(559	)		3,212		1,853		(465	)		1,388
Licenses		82		(82	)		—		82		(74	)		8

Total	$	103,457	$	(4,638	)	$	98,819	$	93,917	$	(3,781	)	$	90,136

The Company’s amortization expense, related to finite-lived intangible assets was $876, $706, and $539, for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The expected amortization expense based on the finite-lived intangible assets as of March 31, 2011, is $1,233 in 2012, $1,232 in 2013, $1,225 in 2014, $1,219 in 2015 and $1,187 in 2016.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by business segment are as follows:


	Fiscal year ended March 31, 2011
	Europe		Americas		Asia		Total
Balance at beginning of year	$	162,641	$	132,915	$	21,709	$	317,265
Goodwill acquired during the year		7,710		7,591		—		15,301
Adjustments related to the finalization of purchase accounting		24		2,250		—		2,274
Foreign currency translation		7,506		469		851		8,826

Balance at end of year	$	177,881	$	143,225	$	22,560	$	343,666


	Fiscal year ended March 31, 2010
	Europe		Americas		Asia		Total
Balance at beginning of year	$	153,941	$	126,117	$	21,600	$	301,658
Goodwill acquired during the year		—		5,072		—		5,072
Adjustments related to the finalization of purchase accounting		—		—		—		—
Foreign currency translation		8,700		1,726		109		10,535

Balance at end of year	$	162,641	$	132,915	$	21,709	$	317,265

The Company estimated tax-deductible goodwill to be approximately $14,982 and $17,016 as of March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

6. Other Assets

Prepaid and other current assets consist of the following:


	March 31,
	2011		2010
Prepaid income taxes	$	15,986	$	11,372
Prepaid other taxes		22,753		8,064
Non-trade receivables		8,214		5,665
Lead hedges		9,575		62
Other		13,675		14,686

Total	$	70,203	$	39,849

Other assets consist of the following:


	March 31,
	2011		2010
Rental batteries	$	8,324	$	5,462
Leases receivable		4,557		5,240
Deferred financing fees		4,634		4,862
Other		10,269		7,879

Total	$	27,784	$	23,443

7. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following:


	March 31,
	2011		2010
Payroll and benefits	$	58,794	$	54,267
Warranty		36,006		31,739
Accrued selling expenses		24,257		21,509
Income taxes payable		15,591		16,592
VAT and other non-income taxes		11,937		5,629
Freight		10,208		8,371
Deferred income		7,107		3,055
Restructuring		5,323		9,033
Interest		2,471		3,117
Pension and social security		1,854		4,488
Other		30,940		32,204

Total	$	204,488	$	190,004

8. Debt

Summary of Long-Term Debt

The following summarizes the Company’s long-term debt:


	March 31,
	2011		2010
3.375% Convertible Notes, net of discount, due 2038	$	141,837	$	135,920
2011 Credit Facility due 2016		100,000		—
2008 Credit Facility due 2014		—		201,094
China Term Loan due 2017		6,112		—
Euro Term Loan due 2011		—		11,158
Other		43		41

		247,992		348,213
Less current portion		43		26,045

Total long-term debt	$	247,949	$	322,168

2011 Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility

On March 29, 2011, the Company entered into a new $350,000 senior secured revolving credit facility (“2011 Credit Facility”). At the time of closing, the Company borrowed $100,000 and used $88,400 of its available cash to repay and extinguish the existing Term A Loan and replace the existing undrawn $125,000 revolving credit facility, which comprised the 2008 Credit Facility. The 2011 Credit Facility matures on March 31, 2016. This facility includes an early termination provision under which the Company is required to meet a liquidity test in February 2015 related to its capacity to meet certain potential obligations related to the Convertible Notes in June 2015. Borrowings under the 2011 Credit Facility bear interest at a floating rate based, at the Company’s option, upon (i) London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable percentage (currently 1.50%), (ii) the greater of the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% or the prime rate, or one-month LIBOR plus 1.0%, plus an applicable percentage (currently 0.50%). There are no prepayment penalties on loans under the 2011 Credit Facility. The interest rate at the end of March 31, 2011 was 3.75%.

Obligations under the 2011 Credit Facility are secured by substantially all of the Company’s existing and future acquired assets, including substantially all of the capital stock of the Company’s United States subsidiaries that are guarantors under the new credit facility, and 65% of the capital stock of certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries that are owned by the Company’s United States companies.

China Term Loan

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company completed the financing of a 75,000 Chinese Renminbi (RMB) ($11,500) credit facility (“China Term Loan”). This is a six year term loan to provide a portion of the capital requirements for the Company’s operations in China. At March 31, 2011, the Company had drawn RMB 40,000 ($6,112). This term loan currently bears interest at a rate of 7.26% per annum, adjusted annually, based on the official Peoples Bank of China Bank Rate and is payable in quarterly installments of RMB 2,000 ($305) commencing in April 2012.

Senior Unsecured 3.375% Convertible Notes

On May 28, 2008, the Company completed a registered offering of $172,500 aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured 3.375% Convertible Notes Due 2038 (“Convertible Notes”) (see prospectus and supplemental indenture dated May 28, 2008). The Company received net proceeds of $168,200 after the deduction of commissions and offering expenses. The Company used all of the net proceeds to repay a portion of its then existing 2004 senior secured credit facility.

The Convertible Notes are general senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with the Company’s existing and future senior unsecured obligations and are junior to any of the Company’s future secured obligations to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such obligations. The Convertible Notes are not guaranteed, and are structurally subordinate in right of payment to, all of the (i) existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries and (ii) preferred stock of the Company’s subsidiaries to the extent of their respective liquidation preferences.

The Convertible Notes require the semi-annual payment of interest in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year beginning December 1, 2008, at 3.375% per annum on the principal amount outstanding. The Convertible Notes will accrete principal beginning on June 1, 2015 and will bear contingent interest, if any, beginning with the six-month interest period commencing on June 1, 2015 under certain circumstances. The Convertible Notes will mature on June 1, 2038. Prior to maturity the holders may convert their Convertible Notes into shares of the Company’s common stock at any time after March 1, 2015 or prior to that date under certain circumstances. When issued, the initial conversion rate was 24.6305 shares per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Notes, which was equivalent to an initial conversion price of $40.60 per share.

At any time after June 6, 2015, the Company may at its option redeem the Convertible Notes, in whole or in part, for cash, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the accreted principal amount of Convertible Notes to be redeemed, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. A holder of Convertible Notes may require the Company to repurchase some or all of the holder’s Convertible Notes for cash upon the occurrence of a fundamental change as defined in the indenture and on each of June 1, 2015, 2018, 2023, 2028 and 2033 at a price equal to 100% of the accreted principal amount of the Convertible Notes being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, in each case. It is the Company’s current intent to settle the principal amount of any conversions in cash, and any additional conversion consideration in cash, shares of EnerSys common stock or a combination of cash and shares. The Convertible Notes will mature on June 1, 2038, unless earlier converted, redeemed or repurchased.

If applicable, the Company will pay a make-whole premium on Convertible Notes converted in connection with certain fundamental changes that occur prior to June 6, 2015. The amount of the make-whole premium, if any, will be based on the Company’s stock price and the effective date of the fundamental change. The indenture contains a detailed description of how the make-whole premium will be determined and a table showing the make-whole premium that would apply at various stock prices. No make-whole premium would be paid if the price of the Common Stock on the effective date of the fundamental change is less than $29.00. Any make-whole premium will be payable in shares of Common Stock (or the consideration into which the Company’s Common Stock has been exchanged in the fundamental change) on the conversion date for the Convertible Notes converted in connection with the fundamental change.

The Convertible Notes were issued in an offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act).

In accordance with FASB guidance on the accounting for convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion (including partial settlement), the liability and equity components are separated in a manner that will reflect the entity’s non-convertible debt borrowing rate when interest expense is recognized in subsequent periods.

The following represents the principal amount of the liability component, the unamortized discount, and the net carrying amount of our Convertible Notes as of March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2010, respectively:


	March 31, 2011			March 31, 2010
Principal	$	172,500		$	172,500
Unamortized discount		(30,663	)		(36,580	)

Net carrying amount	$	141,837		$	135,920

As of March 31, 2011, the remaining discount will be amortized over a period of 50 months. The conversion price of the $172,500 in aggregate principal amount of the Convertible Notes is $40.60 per share and the number of shares on which the aggregate consideration to be delivered upon conversion is 4,248,761.

The effective interest rate on the liability component of the Convertible Notes was 8.50%. The amount of interest cost recognized for the amortization of the discount on the liability component of the Convertible Notes was $5,917 and $5,439, respectively, for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010.

2008 Senior Secured Credit Facility

In June 2008, the Company completed the refinancing of approximately $192,000 of the outstanding combined balance of the senior secured Term Loan B and its then existing revolving credit facility (2004 Credit Facility) with a $350,000 senior secured credit facility comprising a $225,000 Term A Loan and a $125,000 revolving credit facility (2008 Credit Facility).

The $225,000 senior secured Term A Loan, a component of the 2008 Credit Facility, was subject to a quarterly principal amortization of 1.25% in Year 1, 1.88% in Years 2-3, 2.50% in Year 4, 3.13% in Year 5 and 14.38% in Year 6 and was due to mature on June 27, 2014. The $125,000 revolving credit facility was due to mature on June 27, 2013. Borrowings under the credit agreements bore interest at a floating rate based, at the Company’s option, upon (i) LIBOR plus an applicable percentage (1.25% at March 28, 2011), or (ii) the greater of the federal funds rate plus 0.50% or the prime rate, plus an applicable percentage (0.25% at March 28, 2011). There were no prepayment penalties on loans under the 2008 Credit Facility.

Euro Term Loan

On June 15, 2005, the Company entered in a Euro 25,000 Credit Facility Agreement among EnerSys Holdings (Luxembourg), S.a.r.l., San Paolo IMI S.p.A., as Facility Agent and lender, and Banca Intesa S.p.A., as lender (the “Euro Term Loan”). The proceeds from the Euro Term Loan were used to reduce the outstanding balance of the 2008 Credit Facility that was utilized as bridge financing for the June 1, 2005 acquisition of the motive power battery business of FIAMM S.p.A. The original maturity date of the Euro Term Loan was June 30, 2011, but the loan was repaid in full on September 30, 2010.

As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had available and undrawn, under all its lines of credit, $356,447 and $247,400, respectively. Included in the March 31, 2011 and 2010 amounts are $95,049 and $116,788, respectively, of uncommitted lines of credit.

The Company paid $16,101, $16,456 and $21,026, net of interest received, for interest during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt (including $30,663 of Convertible Notes discount) are as follows at March 31, 2011:


2012	$	43
2013		1,222
2014		1,222
2015		1,222
2016		273,722
Thereafter		1,224

	$	278,655

The Company’s financing agreements contain various covenants, which, absent prepayment in full of the indebtedness and other obligations, or the receipt of waivers, would limit the Company’s ability to conduct certain specified business transactions including incurring debt, mergers, consolidations or similar transactions, buying or selling assets out of the ordinary course of business, engaging in sale and leaseback transactions, paying dividends and certain other actions. The Company is in compliance with all such covenants.

As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had $1,150 of standby letters of credit outstanding that reduced the borrowings available under the 2008 and 2011 Credit Facilities. As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had no bank guarantees.

Deferred Financing Fees

In fiscal 2011, in connection with the refinancing under the 2011 Credit Facility, the Company wrote-off $2,308 of unamortized deferred financing fees associated with the 2008 Credit Facility, and incurred $3,500 in new deferred financing fees.

In fiscal 2009, in connection with the issuance of the Convertible Notes in May 2008 and the refinancing under the 2008 Credit Facility in June 2008, the Company wrote-off $3,963 of unamortized deferred financing fees associated with the 2004 Credit Facility, and incurred $10,950 in new deferred financing fees.

Deferred financing fees, net of accumulated amortization totaled $5,912 and $6,581 as of March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Amortization expense included in interest expense was $1,861, $1,724, and $1,733 for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

9. Leases

The Company’s future minimum lease payments under capital and operating leases that have noncancelable terms in excess of one year at March 31, 2011 are as follows:


	Capital Leases		Operating Leases
2012	$	860	$	17,007
2013		680		12,081
2014		573		8,854
2015		184		6,319
2016		29		4,554
Thereafter		7		3,710

Total minimum lease payments		2,333	$	52,525

Amounts representing interest		85

Net minimum lease payments, including current portion of $819	$	2,248

Rental expense was $28,047, $26,957, and $29,247 for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Amortization of capitalized leased assets is included in depreciation expense. Certain operating lease agreements contain renewal or purchase options and/or escalation clauses.

10. Other Liabilities

Other long-term liabilities consist of the following:


	March 31,
	2011		2010
Pension and profit sharing obligation	$	29,297	$	26,855
Interest rate swap liabilities		5,847		9,710
Long-term income taxes liabilities		11,320		8,140
Deferred income		3,839		3,091
Other		6,552		6,706

Total	$	56,855	$	54,502

11. Fair Value Of Financial Instruments

FASB guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. This guidance includes a fair value hierarchy that is intended to increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements and related disclosures. The fair value hierarchy is based on inputs to valuation techniques that are used to measure fair value that are either observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability based on market data obtained from independent sources while unobservable inputs reflect a reporting entity’s pricing based upon their own market assumptions. The Company uses the following valuation techniques to measure fair value for its financial assets and financial liabilities:


Level 1		Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2		Inputs are quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in an active market, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and market-corroborated inputs which are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3		Inputs are derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or value drivers are unobservable.

The following tables represent the financial assets and (liabilities), measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2010 and the basis for that measurement:


	Total Fair Value Measurement March 31, 2011			Quoted Price in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)			Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Interest rate swap agreements	$	(5,847	)	$	—	$	(5,847	)	$	—
Lead forward contracts		9,575			—		9,575			—
Foreign currency forward contracts		(2,591	)		—		(2,591	)		—

Total derivatives	$	1,137		$	—	$	1,137		$	—


	Total Fair Value Measurement March 31, 2010			Quoted Price in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)			Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Interest rate swap agreements	$	(9,710	)	$	—	$	(9,710	)	$	—
Lead forward contracts		62			—		62			—
Foreign currency forward contracts		1,911			—		1,911			—

Total derivatives	$	(7,737	)	$	—	$	(7,737	)	$	—

The fair value of interest rate swap agreements are based on observable prices as quoted for receiving the variable three month LIBOR and paying fixed interest rates and, therefore, were classified as Level 2.

The fair value of lead forward contracts are calculated using observable prices for lead as quoted on the London Metal Exchange (“LME”) and, therefore, were classified as Level 2.

The fair value for foreign currency forward contracts are based upon current quoted market prices and are classified as Level 2 based on the nature of the underlying market in which these derivatives are traded.

Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate carrying value due to their short maturities.

The fair value of the Company’s 2011 Credit Facility, the China Term Loan and short-term debt approximate their carrying value, as they are variable rate debt and the current terms are comparable to market terms as of the balance sheet dates.

The fair value of the Company’s senior secured credit facility approximates its carrying value, as it is variable rate debt. The Convertible Notes, with a face value of $172,500, were issued when the Company’s stock price was trading at $30.19 per share. On March 31, 2011, the Company’s stock price closed at $39.75 per share. The Convertible Notes have a conversion option at $40.60 per share, and due to current conditions in the financial markets, the Company’s Convertible Notes were trading at 125% of face value on March 31, 2011, and 94% of face value on March 31, 2010. As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, the unamortized discount on the Convertible Notes was $30,663 and $36,580, respectively, and was included in the equity component of the Consolidated Balance Sheets in accordance with the accounting guidance (see Note 8 regarding Debt).

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s derivatives and Convertible Notes at March 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:


	March 31, 2011						March 31, 2010
	Carrying Amount			Fair Value			Carrying Amount			Fair Value
Financial assets:
Derivatives⁽¹⁾	$	9,575		$	9,575		$	1,973		$	1,973

Financial liabilities:
Convertible Notes	$	141,837	⁽²⁾	$	215,625	⁽³⁾	$	135,920	⁽²⁾	$	161,978	⁽³⁾
Derivatives⁽¹⁾		8,438			8,438			9,710			9,710

(1)

Represents interest rate swap agreements, lead and foreign currency hedges (see Note 12 for asset and liability positions of the interest rate swap agreements, lead and foreign currency hedges at March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2010).

(2)

The carrying amounts of the Convertible Notes at March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2010 represent the $172,500 principal value, less the unamortized debt discount (see Note 8).

(3)

The fair value amounts of the Convertible Notes represent the trading values of the Convertible Notes with a principal value of $172,500 at March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2010.

12. Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company utilizes derivative instruments to reduce its exposure to interest rate, commodity price and foreign exchange risks under established procedures and controls. The Company does not enter into derivative contracts for speculative purposes. The Company’s agreements are with creditworthy financial institutions.

Those contracts that result in a liability position at March 31, 2011 are $8,438 and therefore the Company believes there is no risk of nonperformance by the counterparties. Those contracts that result in an asset position at March 31, 2011 are $9,575. Although there is no collateral with these agreements, the associated risk of nonperformance is not considered material as the vast majority of these will settle within one year.

Interest Rate Swap Agreements

The Company is exposed to changes in variable interest rates on borrowings under the credit agreements. On a selective basis, from time to time, the Company enters into interest rate swap agreements to reduce the negative impact that increases in interest rates could have on its outstanding variable rate debt.

As of March 31, 2011, such agreements effectively converted $85,000, of the variable-rate debt to a fixed-rate basis, utilizing the three-month LIBOR, as a floating rate reference. Fluctuations in LIBOR and fixed rates affect both the Company’s net financial investment position and the amount of cash to be paid or received by the Company under these agreements.

Cash flow hedges are discontinued if it is no longer probable that the original forecasted transaction will occur by the end of the originally specified time periods and any amount previously recorded in AOCI is reclassified to earnings. On March 29, 2011, the Company refinanced its 2008 Credit Facility that rendered the interest rate swaps ineligible for hedge accounting. Consequently, $5,847 that was previously recorded in AOCI relating to these instruments was charged to the income statement, under the caption “Charges related to refinancing.” Changes in fair value of the instruments between March 29, 2011 and March 31, 2011 were deemed insignificant but all such future changes in the fair value will be recorded in the income statement under the caption “Other income (expense), net.” As of March 31, 2011, the notional value of these derivatives was $85,000 and these agreements will expire between February – May 2013.

The Company recorded unrealized losses on interest rate swaps in AOCI, of $2,835, $3,141 and $5,667 for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, when the swaps were effective. The estimated fair value of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements was a liability of $5,847 and $9,710 at March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, based on quotes from market makers of these instruments. The Company recorded expense of $6,698, $7,059 and $3,632 in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which was recorded as an increase in interest expense.

Lead Hedge Contracts

During the fiscal years ending March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company entered into lead hedge contracts to fix the price for lead purchases. Management considers the lead hedge contracts to be highly effective against changes in the cash flows of the underlying lead purchases based on the criteria under FASB guidance. The vast majority of such contracts are for a period not extending beyond one year. The Company recorded unrealized gains (losses) on lead hedge contracts of $15,930, $9,844 and ($44,863), for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which are included in AOCI. The estimated fair value of open lead hedge contracts at March 31, 2011 and 2010 was an asset position of $9,575 and $62, respectively. The realized net gain (loss) on the settlement of lead hedge contracts during fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, was $6,417, $11,973, and ($45,369), respectively, which was recorded as a decrease (increase) in cost of goods sold.

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts

On a selective basis the Company will enter into foreign currency forward contracts and option contracts to reduce the volatility from currency movements that affect the Company. The Company’s largest exposure is from the purchase and conversion of U.S. dollar based lead costs into local currencies in Europe, China and Mexico and from intercompany loan and receivable transactions. To hedge these exposures the Company may enter into foreign currency forward contracts and option contracts with financial institutions. Each contract is for a period

not extending beyond one year. As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had entered into a total of $82,829 and $64,234, respectively, foreign currency forward contracts. The Company recorded an unrealized (loss) gain on foreign currency forward contracts of ($4,031), $2,679 and $206 for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively, which is included in AOCI. The estimated fair value of open foreign currency forward contracts at March 31, 2011 and 2010 was a (liability) asset of ($2,591) and $1,911, respectively. The realized net gain (loss) on foreign currency hedge contracts during fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $471, $428 and ($3,255), respectively, which was recorded as a decrease (increase) in cost of goods sold.

Presented below in tabular form is information on the location and amounts of derivative fair values in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and derivative gains and losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income:

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments

March 31, 2011 and 2010


		Asset Derivatives				Balance Sheet Location	Liability Derivatives
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments	Balance Sheet Location	March 31, 2011		March 31, 2010			March 31, 2011		March 31, 2010
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments	Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value		Fair Value			Fair Value		Fair Value
Interest rate swap agreements	Other liabilities	$	—	$	—	Other liabilities	$	—	$	9,710
Lead hedge contracts	Prepaid and other current assets		9,575		62	Accrued expenses		—		—
Foreign currency forward contracts	Prepaid and other current assets		—		1,911	Accrued expenses		2,591		—

Total Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments		$	9,575	$	1,973		$	2,591	$	9,710

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments

March 31, 2011 and 2010


		Asset Derivatives				Balance Sheet Location	Liability Derivatives
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments	Balance Sheet Location	March 31, 2011		March 31, 2010			March 31, 2011		March 31, 2010
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments	Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value		Fair Value			Fair Value		Fair Value
Interest rate swap agreements	Other Assets	$	—	$	—	Other liabilities	$	5,847	$	—

Total Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments		$	—	$	—		$	5,847	$	—

The Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Income

For the fiscal years ending March 31, 2011 and 2010


Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Amount of Pretax Gain (Loss) Recognized in Accumulated OCI⁽¹⁾ on Derivatives (Effective Portion)						Location of Gain (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI⁽¹⁾ into Income (Effective Portion)	Amount of Pretax Gain (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI⁽¹⁾ into Income (Effective Portion)
	March 31, 2011			March 31, 2010				March 31, 2011			March 31, 2010
Interest rate swap agreements	$	(2,835	)	$	(3,141	)	Interest expense	$	(6,698	)	$	(7,059	)
Lead hedge contracts		15,930			9,844		Cost of goods sold		6,417			11,973
Foreign currency forward contracts		(4,031	)		2,679		Cost of goods sold		471			428

Total Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments	$	9,064		$	9,382			$	190		$	5,342


Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Relationships	Amount of Pretax Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Ineffective Portion)					Location of Loss Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Ineffective Portion)
	March 31, 2011			March 31, 2010
Interest rate swap agreements	$	(5,847	)	$	—	Charges related to refinancing

Total Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments	$	(5,847	)	$	—

(1)

OCI = Other comprehensive income

In the coming twelve months, the Company anticipates that $6,118 of the current pretax gain will be reclassified from AOCI as part of cost of goods sold. This amount represents the current unrealized impact of hedging lead and foreign exchange rates, which will change as market rates change in the future, and will ultimately be realized in the income statement as an offset to the corresponding actual changes in lead cost to be realized in connection with the variable lead cost and foreign exchange being hedged.

13. Income Taxes

Income tax expense is composed of the following:


	Fiscal year ended March 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Current:
Federal	$	24,232		$	9,000		$	10,793
State		2,736			(981	)		2,673
Foreign		14,114			9,957			14,876

Total current		41,082			17,976			28,342
Deferred:
Federal		(1,358	)		4,678			7,730
State		2,010			852			311
Foreign		(3,716	)		1,445			787

Total deferred		(3,064	)		6,975			8,828

Income tax expense	$	38,018		$	24,951		$	37,170

Earnings before income taxes consists of the following:


	Fiscal year ended March 31,
	2011		2010		2009
United States	$	57,710	$	37,418	$	21,545
Foreign		93,734		49,837		97,555

Earnings before income taxes	$	151,444	$	87,255	$	119,100

Income taxes paid by the Company for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $41,800, $22,553 and $21,214, respectively.

The following table sets forth the tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities:


	March 31,
	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Accounts receivable	$	1,304		$	1,140
Inventories		6,669			4,626
Net operating loss carryforwards		78,236			69,469
Accrued liabilities and restructuring expenses		22,061			14,503
Other assets		9,200			9,189

Gross deferred tax assets		117,470			98,927
Less valuation allowance		(63,617	)		(58,382	)

Total deferred tax assets		53,853			40,545
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property, plant and equipment		31,945			28,288
Other intangible assets		43,440			38,363
Convertible Notes		20,727			19,363
Other liabilities		4,992			1,858

Total deferred tax liabilities		101,104			87,872

Net deferred tax liabilities	$	(47,251	)	$	(47,327	)

The Company has approximately $16,543 in United States federal net operating loss carryforwards, approximately $9,054 of which are limited by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, that begin to expire in the year ending 2023. The Company has recorded a valuation allowance against approximately $8,515 of the losses limited by Section 382.

The net operating loss carryforwards at March 31, 2011 related to the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are approximately $250,000. Some of these net operating loss carryforwards have an unlimited life, while others expire at various times over the next 20 years. In addition, the Company also had approximately $52,149 of net operating loss carryforwards for state tax purposes that expire at various times over the next 20 years. The Company has recorded a valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets in certain foreign and state tax jurisdictions, primarily related to net operating loss carryforwards, due to the significant losses incurred in these tax jurisdictions. As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, the valuation allowance associated with certain foreign and state tax jurisdictions was $55,738 and $50,698, respectively. During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company recorded tax benefits of $2,498 and $2,260, respectively, due to the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards in certain foreign subsidiaries.

A reconciliation of income taxes at the statutory rate to the income tax provision is as follows:


	Fiscal year ended March 31,
	2011			2010			2009
United States statutory income tax expense (at 35%)	$	53,005		$	30,539		$	41,685
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
State income taxes, net of federal effect		3,035			(116	)		1,942
Nondeductible expenses, domestic manufacturing deduction and other		(1,848	)		3,799			427
Effect of foreign operations		(14,841	)		(9,253	)		(9,374	)
Valuation allowance		(1,333	)		(18	)		2,490

Income tax expense	$	38,018		$	24,951		$	37,170

The effective income tax rate was 25.1 % in fiscal 2011, compared to 28.6 % in fiscal 2010 and 31.2 % in fiscal 2009. The fiscal 2011 tax expense includes a non-recurring tax benefit of approximately $3,145 attributable to the favorable settlement of foreign tax audits which reduced the effective tax rate by 2.1 percentage points. Similarly, the fiscal 2010 tax expense included a non-recurring tax benefit of approximately $2,141, attributable to the filing of amended tax returns which reduced the effective tax rate by 2.5 percentage points.

At March 31, 2011, the Company has not recorded United States income or foreign withholding taxes on approximately $374,000 of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that could be subject to taxation if remitted to the United States because the Company currently plans to keep these amounts permanently invested overseas.

The Company recognizes and measures uncertain tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return in accordance with FASB guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits under FASB guidance is as follows:


March 31, 2008	$	13,310
Increases related to current year tax positions		6,509
Decreases related to prior year tax positions due to foreign currency translation		(724	)
Decreases related to prior year tax position settled		(4,886	)
Lapse of statute of limitations		(904	)

March 31, 2009	$	13,305
Increases related to current year tax positions		919
Increases related to prior year tax positions due to foreign currency translation		5
Decreases related to prior year tax position settled		(2,940	)
Lapse of statute of limitations		(539	)

March 31, 2010	$	10,750
Increases related to current year tax positions		2,896
Increases related to prior year tax positions		324
Increases related to prior year tax positions due to foreign currency translation		122
Decreases related to prior year tax position settled		(3,145	)
Lapse of statute of limitations		(302	)

March 31, 2011	$	10,645

All of the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at March 31, 2011, if recognized, would be included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income and have a favorable impact on both the Company’s Statements of Income and effective tax rate.

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2004.

The Company anticipates that it is reasonably possible that a portion of the March 31, 2011 balance of the unrecognized tax benefits could be recognized within the next twelve months due to the expiration of the relevant statutes of limitations. An estimate of the range of the adjustments cannot be made at this time.

The Company recognizes tax related interest and penalties in income tax expense in its Consolidated Statements of Income. As of March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company had an accrual of $675, $905 and $740, respectively, for interest and penalties.

14. Retirement Plans

Defined Benefit Plans

The Company provides retirement benefits to substantially all eligible salaried and hourly employees.

Net periodic pension cost for fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009, includes the following components:


	United States Plans									International Plans
	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,									Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2011			2010			2009			2011			2010			2009
Service cost	$	250		$	224		$	300		$	603		$	621		$	2,897
Interest cost		646			635			608			2,503			2,520			2,529
Expected return on plan assets		(624	)		(491	)		(639	)		(1,615	)		(1,256	)		(1,568	)
Amortization and deferral		248			458			208			53			(43	)		—

Net periodic benefit cost	$	520		$	826		$	477		$	1,544		$	1,842		$	3,858

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the related benefit obligation, plan assets, and accrued benefit costs related to the pension benefits provided by the Company for those employees covered by defined benefit plans:


	United States Plans						International Plans
	March 31,						March 31,
	2011			2010			2011			2010
Change in projected benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at the beginning of the period	$	10,992		$	9,969		$	46,851		$	38,080
Service cost		250			224			603			621
Interest cost		646			635			2,503			2,520
Benefits paid, inclusive of plan expenses		(581	)		(588	)		(1,481	)		(2,299	)
Plan curtailments		—			—			—			(60	)
Plan amendments		108			—			817			—
Plan combinations (including newly material plans)		—			—			337			—
Experience (gain) loss		488			752			(3,366	)		6,575
Foreign currency translation adjustment		—			—			2,617			1,414

Benefit obligation at the end of the period	$	11,903		$	10,992		$	48,881		$	46,851


	United States Plans						International Plans
	March 31,						March 31,
	2011			2010			2011			2010
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the period	$	7,859		$	6,279		$	22,712		$	16,285
Actual return on plan assets		1,102			1,994			1,751			6,326
Employer contributions		366			174			1,424			1,659
Benefits paid, inclusive of plan expenses		(581	)		(588	)		(1,481	)		(2,299	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—			—			1,373			741

Fair value of plan assets at the end of the period	$	8,746		$	7,859		$	25,779		$	22,712

Funded status deficit	$	(3,157	)	$	(3,133	)	$	(23,102	)	$	(24,139	)

The Company uses a measurement date of March 31 for its pension plans. Accrued pension benefit liability is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities.

As required by FASB guidance, for pension plans for which the projected benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of plan assets, the Company has recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2011 and 2010, the additional liability of the unfunded projected benefit obligation of $4,766 and $7,476, respectively, as current and long-term liabilities, with offsetting equity adjustments. The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $58,128 and $55,282 at March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The accumulated benefit obligation related to all defined benefit pension plans and information related to unfunded and underfunded defined benefit pension plans at the end of each year follows:


	United States Plans				International Plans
	March 31,				March 31,
	2011		2010		2011		2010
All defined benefit plans:
Accumulated benefit obligation	$	11,903	$	10,992	$	46,225	$	44,290
Unfunded defined benefit plans:
Projected benefit obligation		—		—		25,533		23,367
Accumulated benefit obligation		—		—		24,413		22,557
Defined benefit plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of the fair value of plan assets:
Projected benefit obligation		11,903		10,992		25,560		23,367
Accumulated benefit obligation		11,903		10,992		24,440		22,557
Fair value of plan assets		8,746		7,859		—		—

Assumptions

Significant assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit cost for the US and International plans were as follows:


	United States Plans									International Plans
	March 31,									March 31,
	2011			2010			2009			2011			2010			2009
Discount rate		6.0	%		6.5	%		6.0	%		4.3-6.0	%		3.8-6.0	%		4.3-6.0	%
Expected return on plan assets		8.0			8.0			8.0			5.5-7.0			5.5-7.0			5.5-7.5
Rate of compensation increase		N/A			N/A			N/A			2.0-3.5			2.0-3.5			2.0-3.5

Significant assumptions used to determine the projected benefit obligations for the US and International plans were as follows:


	United States Plans						International Plans
	March 31,						March 31,
	2011			2010			2011			2010
Discount rate		5.7	%		6.0	%		4.0-5.5	%		4.3-6.0	%
Rate of compensation increase		N/A			N/A			2.0-4.0			2.0-3.5

NA = not applicable

The United States plans do not include compensation in the formula for determining the pension benefit as it is based solely on years of service.

The expected long-term rate of return for the Company’s pension plan assets is based upon the target asset allocation and is determined using forward looking assumptions in the context of historical returns and volatilities for each asset class, as well as correlations among asset classes. The Company evaluates the rate of return assumptions for each of its plans on an annual basis.

Pension Plan Investment Strategy

The Company’s investment policy emphasizes a balanced approach to investing in securities of high quality and ready marketability. Investment flexibility is encouraged so as not to exclude opportunities available through a diversified investment strategy.

Equity investments are maintained within a target range of 50%-70% of the total portfolio market value. Investments in debt securities include issues of various maturities, and the average quality rating of bonds should be investment grade with a minimum quality rating of “B” at the time of purchase.

The Company periodically reviews the asset allocation of its portfolio. The proportion committed to equities, debt securities and cash and cash equivalents is a function of the values available in each category and risk considerations. The plan’s overall return will be compared to and expected to meet or exceed established benchmark funds and returns over a three to five year period.

The objectives of the Company’s investment strategies are: (a) the achievement of a reasonable long-term rate of total return consistent with an emphasis on preservation of capital and purchasing power, (b) stability of annual returns through a portfolio risk level, which is appropriate to conservative accounts, and (c) reflective of the Company’s willingness to forgo significantly above-average rewards in order to minimize above-average risks. These objectives may not be met each year but should be attained over a reasonable period of time.

In connection with a past acquisition, the Company had assumed defined benefit plans in Germany and France. These plans have no assets, while their benefit obligations were $21,706 and $20,266 as of March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Other salary and hourly employees are provided benefits in accordance with governmental regulatory requirements.

The following table represents our pension plan investments measured at fair value as of March 31, 2011 and 2010 and the basis for that measurement:


	March 31, 2011
	United States Plans								International Plans
	Total Fair Value Measurement		Quoted Price In Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total Fair Value Measurement		Quoted Price In Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Asset Category:
Cash and Cash Equivalents	$	528	$	528	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Equity Securities
US^(a)		4,839		4,839		—		—		2,521		2,521		—		—
International^(b)		840		840		—		—		13,600		13,600		—		—
Fixed Income^(c)		2,539		2,539		—		—		9,658		9,658		—		—

Total	$	8,746	$	8,746	$	—	$	—	$	25,779	$	25,779	$	—	$	—


	March 31, 2010
	United States Plans								International Plans
	Total Fair Value Measurement		Quoted Price In Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total Fair Value Measurement		Quoted Price In Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Asset Category:
Cash and Cash Equivalents	$	450	$	450	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Equity Securities
US^(a)		4,058		4,058		—		—		2,196		2,196		—		—
International^(b)		819		819		—		—		13,053		13,053		—		—
Fixed Income^(c)		2,532		2,532		—		—		7,463		7,463		—		—

Total	$	7,859	$	7,859	$	—	$	—	$	22,712	$	22,712	$	—	$	—

The fair values presented above were determined based on valuation techniques categorized as follows:

•

Level one: The use of quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments.

•

Level two: The use of quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active or other inputs that are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data.

•

Level three: The use of significantly unobservable inputs and that typically require the use of management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing.

(a)

US equities include companies that are well diversified by industry sector and equity style (i.e., growth and value strategies). Active and passive management strategies are employed. Investments are primarily in large capitalization stocks and, to a lesser extent, mid- and small-cap stocks.

(b)

International equities are invested in companies that are traded on exchanges outside the U.S. and are well diversified by industry sector, country and equity style. Active and passive strategies are employed. The vast majority of the investments are made in companies in developed markets with a small percentage in emerging markets.

(c)

Fixed income consists primarily of investment grade bonds from diversified industries.

The Company expects to make cash contributions of approximately $2,336 to its pension plans in fiscal year 2012.

Estimated future benefit payments under the Company’s pension plans are as follows:


	Pension Benefits
2012	$	2,113
2013		2,130
2014		2,548
2015		2,588
2016		2,849
Years 2017-2021		17,408

In accordance with FASB guidance, the Company recognizes the funded status of its retirement plans in its Consolidated Balance Sheet. The underfunded status of the retirement plans recorded as a liability on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $26,259 and $27,272, respectively.

The amounts included in AOCI as of March 31, 2011 that are expected to be recognized as components of net periodic pension cost during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 are as follows:


Net loss	$	(173	)
Net prior service cost		(85	)

Net amount expected to be recognized	$	(258	)

Defined Contribution Plan

Effective January 1, 2004, the Company amended its Defined Contribution Plan (the “401(k) Plan”). The amended 401(k) Plan covers substantially all U.S. salaried and hourly employees except those covered by a union plan. All eligible employees of the amended 401(k) Plan receive a matching contribution of 100% of the first 4% of wages contributed and 50% of the next 2% of wages contributed for a total match of up to 5% by the Company.

Effective February 1, 2009, the Company amended the EnerSys United Kingdom Pension Scheme (“Amended U.K. Plan”) that covers substantially all United Kingdom employees, both direct and salaried so that all members with defined benefit plan benefits at that date would be provided with defined contribution plan benefits for future service. The Company pays contributions to fund any accrued liabilities in excess of the assets in the defined benefit section of the Amended U.K. Plan as necessary. Active members of the Amended U.K. Plan as of February 1, 2009 receive a matching contribution from the Company up to 4% of Pensionable Salary and an enhanced Company contribution in excess of this in line with the rules of the plan. New eligible employees of the Amended U.K. Plan receive a matching contribution from the Company up to 5% of pensionable salary, at various rates as provided by the Plan.

Employer expenses for the 401(k) plan and the Amended U.K. Plan for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $5,025, $3,909 and $2,394, respectively.

15. Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock and Common Stock

The Company’s certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Preferred Stock”). At March 31, 2011 and 2010, no shares of Preferred Stock were issued or outstanding. The Board of Directors of the Company has the authority to specify the terms of any Preferred Stock at the time of issuance.

The following demonstrates the change in the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding during fiscal 2011:


	Fiscal Year ended March 31, 2011
Shares outstanding as of beginning of period		48,581,832
Shares issued as part of equity-based compensation plans, net of equity awards surrendered for option price and taxes		1,452,521

Shares outstanding as of end of period		50,034,353

Treasury Stock

On October 30, 2008, the Company completed the purchase of 1,800,000 shares of its common stock at $11.00 per common share for $19,800 in the aggregate from an institutional shareholder and recorded the same as treasury stock as of March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income are as follows:


	Beginning Balance			Before-Tax Amount			Tax Benefit (Expense)			Net-of-Tax Amount			Ending Balance
March 31, 2011
Pension funded status adjustment	$	(5,479	)	$	2,761		$	(794	)	$	1,967		$	(3,512	)
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments		(5,034	)		14,721			(5,251	)		9,470			4,436
Foreign currency translation adjustment		77,717			36,539			—			36,539			114,256

Accumulated other comprehensive income	$	67,204		$	54,021		$	(6,045	)	$	47,976		$	115,180

March 31, 2010
Pension funded status adjustment	$	(4,794	)	$	(318	)	$	(367	)	$	(685	)	$	(5,479	)
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments		(7,660	)		4,047			(1,421	)		2,626			(5,034	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment		46,509			31,208			—			31,208			77,717

Accumulated other comprehensive income	$	34,055		$	34,937		$	(1,788	)	$	33,149		$	67,204

March 31, 2009
Pension funded status adjustment	$	(5,338	)	$	392		$	152		$	544		$	(4,794	)
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments		(8,910	)		1,925			(675	)		1,250			(7,660	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment		177,161			(130,652	)		—			(130,652	)		46,509

Accumulated other comprehensive income	$	162,913		$	(128,335	)	$	(523	)	$	(128,858	)	$	34,055

16. Secondary Offerings of Common Shares

In fiscal 2011 and 2010, certain of the Company’s stockholders sold 2,845,869 and 3,200,000 shares, respectively, of the Company’s common stock pursuant to an effective shelf registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 19, 2008.

The offered shares were sold by those stockholders of the Company, including affiliates of Metalmark Capital LLC and certain other institutional stockholders. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the common stock offerings; however, under the terms of its securityholder agreement, the Company did incur fees related to the offerings in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 of $615 and $150, respectively.

17. Stock-Based Compensation

In July 2010, the shareholders approved the EnerSys 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (“2010 EIP”). The 2010 EIP consolidated the Company’s existing equity incentive plans, the 2000 Management Equity Plan, the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, into one plan. The 2010 EIP reserves 3,177,477 shares of common stock for the grant of various classes of nonqualified stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, market share units and other forms of equity-based compensation. Shares subject to any awards that expire without being exercised or that are forfeited or settled in cash shall again be available for future grants of awards under the 2010 EIP. Shares subject to awards that have been retained by the Company in payment or satisfaction of the exercise price and any applicable tax withholding obligation of an award shall not count against the limit described above, and only the number of shares delivered in the settlement of stock appreciation rights shall count against the limit.

At March 31, 2011, 3,160,394 shares are available for future grants. The Company’s management equity incentive plans are intended to provide an incentive to employees and non-employee directors of the Company to remain in the service of the Company and to increase their interest in the success of the Company in order to promote the long-term interests of the Company. The plans seek to promote the highest level of performance by providing an economic interest in the long-term performance of the Company. The Company settles employee share-based compensation awards with newly issued shares.

Stock Options

Non-qualified stock options have been granted to employees under the equity incentive plans at prices not less than the fair market value of the shares on the dates the options were granted. Options issued in fiscal 2010 vest over a three-year or six-month period and options issued in fiscal 2009 vest over a three-year period, and options issued in fiscal 2008 vest over a four-year period. Options become exercisable in equal installments over the vesting period. Options generally expire in 10 years, however options vesting in six months expire in 3 1/2 years.

The weighted average fair value of options granted in fiscal 2010 were $8.35 and $5.15 and $11.64 in fiscal 2009, and were determined using the following assumptions:


	2010			2010			2009
	10 Year Options			3.5 Year Options			10 Year Options
Exercise price	$	16.20		$	16.24		$	30.19
Risk-free interest rate		2.01	%		0.93	%		3.1	%
Dividend yield		0	%		0	%		0	%
Expected life		5 years			2 years			5 years
Expected volatility		56.6	%		56.6	%		38.6	%
Weighted average fair value	$	8.35		$	5.15		$	11.64

There were no options granted in fiscal 2011.

For fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized $2,333 ($1,844 net of taxes), $2,993 ($2,095 net of taxes) and $1,906 ($1,270 net of taxes), respectively, of stock-based compensation expense associated with the stock option grants.

The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activity in the years indicated:


	Number of Options			Weighted Average Remaining Contract Term (Years)		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Options outstanding as of March 31, 2008		3,534,935			4.4	$	15.27	$	30,617
Granted		264,206					30.19		—
Exercised		(983,991	)				15.30		13,544
Canceled		(171,975	)				15.97		—

Options outstanding as of March 31, 2009		2,643,175			4.2	$	16.70	$	1,752
Granted		539,506					16.21		—
Exercised		(667,862	)				12.22		7,125
Canceled		(83,586	)				21.43		522

Options outstanding as of March 31, 2010		2,431,233			4.0	$	17.69	$	19,191
Exercised		(1,415,391	)				15.34		18,482
Canceled		(155,063	)				29.32		9

Options outstanding as of March 31, 2011		860,779			6.2	$	19.52	$	17,129

Options exercisable as of March 31, 2011		502,876			5.1	$	19.51	$	10,014

Options expected to vest after March 31, 2011		357,903			7.6	$	19.54	$	7,115

The following table summarizes information regarding stock options outstanding and exercisable at March 31, 2011:


	Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices	Number of Options		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number of Options		Weighted Average Exercise Price
$10.01-15.00		150,289		2.5	$	12.29		150,289	$	12.29
$15.01-20.00		454,928		7.5		16.82		173,465		17.09
$20.01-25.00		49,514		1.0		21.91		49,514		21.91
Over $25.00		206,048		7.1		30.19		129,608		30.19

		860,779		6.2	$	19.52		502,876	$	19.51

A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested options as of March 31, 2011, and changes during the year ended March 31, 2011, is presented below:


	Number of Options			Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Nonvested at March 31, 2010		614,607		$	9.08
Vested		(256,258	)		9.01
Forfeited		(446	)		8.00

Nonvested at March 31, 2011		357,903		$	8.70

Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Market Share Units

In fiscal 2011, the Company granted to non-employee directors 21,248 restricted stock units at the market price of $22.59 per restricted stock unit at the date of grant. In fiscal 2010, the Company granted to non-employee directors 23,723 restricted stock units in fiscal 2010, at the market price of $21.05 per restricted stock unit at the date of grant. These restricted stock units vest thirteen-months following the date of grant.

In fiscal 2011, the Company granted to management and other key employees 291,701 restricted stock units at the market price on that date of $25.67 per share and 124,091 market share units at the fair market value on that date of $34.45 per share. Restricted stock units are granted at the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and vest and are settled in common stock 25% per year over a four-year period from the date of grant.

Market share units are granted at fair value on the date of grant and vest and are settled in common stock on the third anniversary of the date of grant. Market share units are converted into between zero and two shares of common stock for each unit granted at the end of a three-year performance cycle. The conversion ratio is calculated by dividing the average closing share price of the Company’s common stock during the ninety calendar days immediately preceding the vesting date by the average closing share price of the Company’s common stock during the ninety calendar days immediately preceding the grant date, with the resulting quotient capped at two. This quotient is then multiplied by the number of market share units granted to yield the number of shares of common stock to be delivered on the vesting date. The fair value of the market share units was estimated at the date of grant using a binomial matrix-pricing model with the following assumptions: a risk-free interest rate of 1.30 %, dividend yield of zero, time to maturity of 3 years and expected volatility of 43.0%.

The Company granted to management and other key employees 366,367 restricted stock units in fiscal 2010, at the fair market value on that date of $16.20 per share, and 227,214 restricted stock units in fiscal 2009, at an average fair market value on date of grants of $30.19 per share. These restricted stock units are granted at the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and vest 25% per year over a four-year period from the date of grant.

No restricted stock awards were granted in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Generally, restricted stock is granted at the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and vest in annual installments of 25% over a four-year period from the date of grant.

A summary of the changes in restricted stock, restricted stock units and market share units awarded to employees and directors that were outstanding under the Company’s equity compensation plans during fiscal 2011 is presented below:


	Restricted Stock					Restricted Stock Units (RSU)/ Market Share Units (MSU)
	Number of Restricted Shares			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value		Number of RSU and MSU			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Non-vested awards as of March 31, 2010		1,000		$	18.32		608,630		$	20.45
Granted		—			—		437,040			28.01
Vested		(1,000	)		18.32		(177,184	)		21.12
Canceled		—			—		(3,094	)		24.76

Non-vested awards as of March 31, 2011		—		$	—		865,392		$	23.97

The Company recognized equity-based compensation expense related to the vesting of restricted shares, restricted stock units and market share units of approximately $6,723, with a related tax benefit of $1,659 for fiscal 2011, approximately $3,968, with a related tax benefit of $1,190 for fiscal 2010, and approximately $3,115, with a related tax benefit of $1,045 for fiscal 2009.

All Award Plans

As of March 31, 2011, unrecognized compensation expense associated with the non-vested incentive awards outstanding was $15,403 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of twenty months.

18. Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the reconciliation from basic to diluted average common shares and the calculations of net earnings per common share (dollars in thousands, except per share data).


	March 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Net earnings	$	113,426	$	62,304	$	81,930

Average common shares:
Basic (weighted-average outstanding shares)		49,376,132		48,122,207		48,824,434
Dilutive potential common shares from exercise and lapse of equity awards, net of shares assumed reacquired		668,114		711,888		595,869

Diluted (weighted-average outstanding shares)		50,044,246		48,834,095		49,420,303

Basic earnings per common share	$	2.30	$	1.29	$	1.68

Diluted earnings per common share	$	2.27	$	1.28	$	1.66

Anti-dilutive equity awards not included in weighted average common shares—diluted		—		383,696		2,992,456

The aggregate number of shares that the Company could be obligated to issue upon conversion of its $172,500, Convertible Notes due 2038, which the Company issued in May 2008, is approximately 4,248,761. It is the Company’s current intent to settle the principal amount of any conversions in cash, and any additional conversion consideration in cash, shares of EnerSys common stock or a combination of cash and shares. No contingent shares were included in diluted shares outstanding during fiscal 2011 and 2010, as the specified conversion price exceeded the average market price of the Company’s common stock, and the inclusion of contingent shares would have been anti-dilutive.

19. Commitments, Contingencies and Litigation

Litigation

The Company is involved in litigation incidental to the conduct of its business, the results of which, in the opinion of management, are not likely to be material to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Environmental Issues

As a result of its operations, the Company is subject to various federal, state, local, and foreign environmental laws and regulations and is exposed to the costs and risks of registering, handling, processing, storing, transporting, and disposing of hazardous substances, especially lead and acid. The Company’s operations are also subject to federal, state, local and foreign occupational safety and health regulations, including laws and regulations relating to exposure to lead in the workplace.

The Company is responsible for certain cleanup obligations at the former Yuasa battery facility in Sumter, South Carolina that predates its ownership of this facility. This manufacturing facility was closed in 2001 and is separate from the Company’s current metal fabrication facility in Sumter.

The Company has established a reserve for this facility. As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, the reserves related to this facility totaled $3,279 and $3,682, respectively. Based on current information, the Company’s management believes these reserves are adequate to satisfy the Company’s environmental liabilities at this facility.

Collective Bargaining

At March 31, 2011, the Company had approximately 8,400 employees. Of these employees, approximately 40% were covered by collective bargaining agreements. The average term of these agreements is two years, with the longest term being four years. These agreements expire over the period from calendar years 2011 to 2014.

The Company considers its employee relations to be good. Historically, the Company has not experienced any significant labor unrest or disruption of production.

Lead Contracts

In order to reduce the Company’s exposure to significant increases in lead costs, the Company has entered into contracts with financial institutions to fix the price of lead. The vast majority of such contracts are for a period not extending beyond one year. Under these contracts, at March 31, 2011, the Company contracted to fix the price of approximately 63,396 pounds of lead for a total contract price of $68,212. At March 31, 2010, the Company contracted to fix the price of approximately 63,335 pounds of lead for a total contract price of $60,724.

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts

The Company quantifies and monitors its global foreign currency exposures. On a selective basis the Company will enter into foreign currency forward contracts and option contracts to reduce the volatility from currency movements that affect the Company.

The Company’s largest exposure is from the purchase and conversion of U.S. dollar based lead costs into local currencies in Europe and Mexico. Additionally, the Company has currency exposures from intercompany loans and trade transactions. To hedge these exposures the Company has entered into foreign currency forward contracts and purchased option contracts with financial institutions. Each contract is for a period not extending beyond one year. As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company entered into a total of $82,829 and $64,234 foreign currency forward contracts.

Interest Rate Swap Agreements

The Company is exposed to changes in variable U.S. interest rates on borrowings under its credit agreements. On a selective basis, from time to time, the Company enters into interest rate swap agreements to reduce the negative impact that increases in interest rates could have on its outstanding variable rate debt. On March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2010, such agreements effectively converted $85,000 and $170,000, respectively, of variable-rate debt to a fixed-rate basis, utilizing the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, as a floating rate reference. Fluctuations in LIBOR and fixed rates affect both the Company’s net financial investment position and the amount of cash to be paid or received by the Company under these agreements.

20. Restructuring Plans

The Company has acquisition related restructuring plans and non-acquisition related restructuring plans and bases its restructuring accounting and disclosures on the applicable accounting guidance. As a result, charges to net earnings were made in the periods in which restructuring plan liabilities were incurred.

Acquisition related restructuring plan

In fiscal 2010, the Company acquired the stock of OEB Traction Batteries and certain operating assets and liabilities of the reserve power battery business of Accu Holding AG and its Swedish sales subsidiary (all collectively referred to as “Oerlikon”). The Company completed the process of closing the two manufacturing facilities of Oerlikon during the third quarter of fiscal 2011 which resulted in the reduction of 105 employees. During fiscal 2010 and 2011, the Company recorded $1,269 and $2,546 in charges related to this plan. As of March 31, 2011, the reserve balance associated with these actions is $403. The Company expects to finalize the plan with an additional $600 of restructuring charges in fiscal 2012 in Europe.

A roll-forward of the acquisition related restructuring reserve is as follows:


	Employee Severance			Plant Closure and Other			Total
Balance at March 31, 2009	$	—		$	—		$	—
Accrued		1,269			—			1,269
Costs incurred		—			—			—
Foreign currency impact and other		23			—			23

Balance at March 31, 2010	$	1,292		$	—		$	1,292
Accrued		108			2,438			2,546
Costs incurred		(1,107	)		(2,313	)		(3,420	)
Foreign currency impact and other		(36	)		21			(15	)

Balance at March 31, 2011	$	257		$	146		$	403

Non-acquisition related restructuring plans

In February and May 2009, the Company announced a plan to restructure certain of its European and American operations, which will result in a reduction of approximately 515 employees upon completion across its operations. These actions are primarily in Europe, the most significant of which was the closure of its leased Italian manufacturing facility and the opening of a new Italian distribution center. The Company estimates that the total charges for these actions will amount to approximately $33,000, which includes cash expenses of approximately $24,000, primarily for employee severance-related payments, and a non-cash charge of approximately $9,000, primarily for impairment of fixed assets.

Based on commitments incurred to date, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $31,457 in fiscal 2009 and 2010 with $437 of additional charges during fiscal 2011. The Company incurred $5,629 of costs against the accrual during fiscal 2011. As of March 31, 2011, the reserve balance associated with these actions is $2,411. The Company expects to be committed to an additional $600 of restructuring charges in fiscal 2012 related to these actions.

During fiscal 2011, the Company announced a further restructuring of its European operations, which will result in the reduction of approximately 73 employees upon completion across its operations. The Company estimates that the total charges for these actions will amount to approximately $5,400, primarily from cash expenses for employee severance-related payments and site closure costs.

Based on commitments incurred to date, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $3,830 in fiscal 2011. The Company incurred $1,316 of costs against the accrual during fiscal 2011. As of March 31, 2011, the reserve balance associated with these actions is $2,509. The Company expects to be committed to an additional $2,200 of restructuring charges in fiscal 2012 related to these actions.

A roll-forward of the non-acquisition related restructuring reserve is as follows:


	Employee Severance			Plant Closure and Other			Total
Balance at March 31, 2008	$	—		$	—		$	—
Accrued		12,941			—			12,941
Costs incurred		(2,652	)		—			(2,652	)
Foreign currency impact and other		—			—			—

Balance at March 31, 2009	$	10,289		$	—		$	10,289
Accrued		10,107			2,263			12,370
Costs incurred		(13,276	)		(2,263	)		(15,539	)
Foreign currency impact and other		362			—			362

Balance at March 31, 2010	$	7,482		$	—		$	7,482
Accrued		4,267			—			4,267
Costs incurred		(6,945	)		—			(6,945	)
Foreign currency impact and other		116			—			116

Balance at March 31, 2011	$	4,920		$	—		$	4,920

21. Warranty

The Company provides for estimated product warranty expenses when the related products are sold and are included within accrued expenses. Because warranty estimates are forecasts that are based on the best available information, primarily historical claims experience, claims costs may differ from amounts provided. An analysis of changes in the liability for product warranties is as follows:


Balance at March 31, 2008	$	34,037
Current year provisions		15,274
Costs incurred		(15,189	)
Foreign exchange and other		(3,208	)

Balance at March 31, 2009	$	30,914
Current year provisions		13,123
Costs incurred		(13,283	)
Foreign exchange and other		985

Balance at March 31, 2010	$	31,739
Current year provisions		20,565
Costs incurred		(17,499	)
Foreign exchange and other		1,201

Balance at March 31, 2011	$	36,006

22. Other Charges and (Income)

The following is a summary of other charges and (income):


	Fiscal Years Ended March 31,
	2011		2010			2009
Restructuring charges (see Note 20)	$	6,813	$	13,929		$	22,424
Bargain purchase gain (see Note 2)		—		(2,919	)		—
Gain on sales of facilities		—		—			(11,308	)
Legal proceedings charge		—		—			3,366

Included in the fiscal 2009 operating results are gains of $11,308 resulting from the sale of two facilities, the most significant of which was the sale of the manufacturing facility in Manchester, England. Included in the Manchester gain was the release of $6,623 of environmental reserves established through purchase accounting of the ESG acquisition in fiscal 2002. The sale of the facility was a planned element of the ongoing Europe restructuring program and is consistent with the Company’s strategy to migrate production to lower cost facilities.

Included in the fiscal 2009 operating results are $3,366 of expenses resulting from a June 2008 ruling from the Court of Commerce in Lyon, France that the Company’s French subsidiary, EnerSys Sarl, which was acquired in 2002, was partially responsible for a 1999 fire in a French hotel under construction. The Company has appealed this ruling.

23. Other (Income) Expense, Net and Charges Related to Refinancing

Other (income) expense, net consists of the following:


	Fiscal Years Ended March 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Foreign exchange transaction (gains) losses	$	732	$	3,045	$	(11,571	)
Secondary offering fee		615		150		330
Non-controlling interest		382		350		537
Other		448		839		2,107

Total	$	2,177	$	4,384	$	(8,597	)

Charges related to refinancing:


	Fiscal Years Ended March 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Charges related to refinancing	$	8,155	$	—	$	5,209

In fiscal 2011, the Company incurred charges of $8,155 in connection with the refinancing of amounts borrowed under the 2011 Credit Facility. These charges included $2,308 in write offs of deferred financing fees and $5,847 of losses from discontinuing hedge accounting for the interest rate swap agreements.

In fiscal 2009, the Company incurred charges of $5,209 in connection with the refinancing of amounts borrowed under the 2008 Credit Facility. These charges included $3,963 in write offs of deferred financing fees and $1,246 of losses incurred as a result of the termination of certain interest rate swap agreements.

24. Operations by Industry Segment and Geographic Area

The Company has three reportable business segments based on geographic regions, defined as follows:

•

Americas, which includes North and South America, with the segment headquarters in Reading, Pennsylvania, USA,

•

Europe, which includes Europe, the Middle East and Africa, with the segment headquarters in Zurich, Switzerland, and

•

Asia, which includes Asia, Australia and Oceania, with the segment headquarters in Singapore.

Summarized financial information related to the Company’s business segments at March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and for each of the fiscal years then ended is shown below.


	Fiscal Years Ended March 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Net sales
Europe	$	890,313		$	741,975		$	987,178
Americas		896,629			700,297			831,251
Asia		177,520			137,113			154,438

Total net sales	$	1,964,462		$	1,579,385		$	1,972,867

Operating earnings
Europe	$	55,643		$	17,649		$	64,898
Americas		124,515			87,156			79,236
Asia		10,469			20,502			12,793
Restructuring charges (Europe)		(6,813	)		(13,212	)		(21,996	)
Bargain purchase gain (Europe)		—			2,919			—
Restructuring charges (Americas)		—			(717	)		(428	)
Legal proceedings charge (Europe)		—			—			(3,366	)
Gain on sale of facilities (Europe)		—			—			11,308

Total operating earnings	$	183,814		$	114,297		$	142,445

Property, plant and equipment, net
Europe	$	169,056		$	156,953		$	147,248
Americas		142,263			138,217			133,880
Asia		33,066			19,971			20,237

Total	$	344,385		$	315,141		$	301,365

Depreciation and Amortization
Europe	$	21,564		$	22,348		$	23,663
Americas		19,842			19,189			20,249
Asia		2,987			3,314			3,321

Total	$	44,393		$	44,851		$	47,233

The Company markets its products and services in over 100 countries. Sales are attributed to countries based on the location of sale approval and acceptance. The following represent the net sales to unaffiliated customers of the Company’s country of domicile and the other top countries which collectively comprise approximately 70% the Company’s consolidated net sales for the periods presented:


	Fiscal years ended
	March 31, 2011		March 31, 2010
United States	$	812,253	$	638,138
France		158,815		159,242
Germany		153,409		151,031
Switzerland		111,112		40,456
United Kingdom		100,879		91,355
Italy		86,564		83,893

25. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The Company reports interim financial information for 13-week periods, except for the first quarter, which always begins on April 1, and the fourth quarter, which always ends on March 31. The four quarters in fiscal 2011 ended on July 4, 2010, October 3, 2010, January 2, 2011, and March 31, 2011, respectively. The four quarters in fiscal 2010 ended on June 28, 2009, September 27, 2009, December 27, 2009, and March 31, 2010, respectively.


	1st Quarter		2nd Quarter		3rd Quarter		4th Quarter		Fiscal Year
Fiscal year ended March 31, 2011
Net sales	$	434,969	$	472,843	$	508,596	$	548,054	$	1,964,462
Gross profit		96,614		110,721		117,900		124,609		449,844
Operating earnings⁽¹⁾		37,480		44,496		48,320		53,518		183,814
Net earnings⁽²⁾		23,027		26,549		33,759		30,091		113,426
Net earnings per common share—basic	$	0.47	$	0.54	$	0.68	$	0.60	$	2.30
Net earnings per common share—diluted	$	0.47	$	0.53	$	0.67	$	0.59	$	2.27
Fiscal year ended March 31, 2010
Net sales	$	340,265	$	367,325	$	421,258	$	450,537	$	1,579,385
Gross profit		77,461		88,617		98,329		96,497		360,904
Operating earnings⁽³⁾		19,534		25,149		38,577		31,037		114,297
Net earnings⁽³⁾		8,411		12,905		23,159		17,829		62,304
Net earnings per common share—basic	$	0.18	$	0.27	$	0.48	$	0.37	$	1.29
Net earnings per common share—diluted	$	0.17	$	0.26	$	0.47	$	0.36	$	1.28

(1)

Included in Operating earnings were restructuring charges of $723, $2,750, $1,754 and $1,586 for the first, second, third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2011, respectively.

(2)

Included in Net earnings were restructuring charges as explained in note above as well as charges related to refinancing of $8,155 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011.

(3)

Included in Operating earnings and Net earnings were restructuring charges of $3,519, $3,184, $1,063 and $6,163 for the first, second, third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2010, respectively. Also included in the third quarter of fiscal 2010 operating earnings was a bargain purchase gain of $2,919 resulting from the acquisition of Oerlikon.

26. Subsequent Events

On May 16, 2011, under the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, the Company granted 95,026 restricted stock units, which vest 25% each year over four-years from the date of grant, and 224,397 market share units, which vest three years from the date of grant.

On May 26, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to the number of shares exercised through previous stock option awards and common stock issued under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

SCHEDULE II

EnerSys

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(In Thousands)


	Balance at Beginning of Period		Additions Charged to Expense		Charge-Offs			Other(1)			Balance at End of Period
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
Fiscal year ended March 31, 2009	$	5,008	$	4,873	$	(1,319	)	$	(584	)	$	7,978
Fiscal year ended March 31, 2010		7,978		2,712		(1,257	)		446			9,879
Fiscal year ended March 31, 2011		9,879		1,513		(1,673	)		828			10,547

Allowance for inventory valuation:
Fiscal year ended March 31, 2009	$	13,963	$	10,294	$	(6,682	)	$	(850	)	$	16,725
Fiscal year ended March 31, 2010		16,725		1,704		(7,437	)		686			11,678
Fiscal year ended March 31, 2011		11,678		8,329		(5,361	)		406			15,052

(1)

Primarily the impact of currency changes.

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures. The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of the end of the period covered by this Report. Based on such evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of such period, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

(b) Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There have not been any changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year to which this report relates that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

The report called for by Item 308(a) of Regulation S-K is included herein as “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.”

Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. With the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework and criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The scope of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting includes substantially all of our businesses. Based on this evaluation, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2011.

The attestation report called for by Item 308(b) of Registration S-K is included herein as “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,” which appears in Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

/s/ JOHN D. CRAIG

/s/ MICHAEL J. SCHMIDTLEIN

John D. Craig

Chairman, President and CEO

Michael J. Schmidtlein

Senior Vice President, Finance and CFO

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

On May 26, 2011, the Board of Directors of EnerSys authorized a stock repurchase program with the number of shares to be repurchased in any fiscal year equal to the total number of shares of EnerSys’ common stock issued in connection with the exercise of options to purchase common stock, subject to restricted stock awards and underlying restricted stock units granted during such fiscal year. The authorized repurchases will be funded with available cash and made from time to time in either the open market or through privately negotiated transactions and in compliance with the 2011 Credit Facility. The timing, volume and nature of share repurchases will be at the sole discretion of management, dependent on market conditions, other priorities for cash investment, applicable securities laws, and other factors, and may be suspended or discontinued at any time. All or part of the repurchases may be implemented under a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan, which would allow repurchases under pre-set terms at times when EnerSys might otherwise be prevented from doing so under insider trading laws or because of self-imposed blackout periods.

PART III

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled “Board of Directors,” “Executive Officers,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Corporate Governance—Independence of Directors,” “Corporate Governance—Process for Selection of Director Nominee Candidates,” “Audit Committee Report,” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Employment of Related Parties” of the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) to be filed no later than 120 days after the fiscal year end.

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our officers, directors and employees (including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Controller) and have posted the Code on our website at www.enersys.com, and a copy is available in print to any stockholder who requires a copy. If we waive any provision of the Code applicable to any director, our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Controller, such waiver will be promptly disclosed to the Company’s stockholders through the Company’s website.

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled “Corporate Governance—Compensation Committee” and “Executive Compensation” of the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” of the Proxy Statement.


	Equity Compensation Plan Information
Plan Category	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights (a)		Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights (b)		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) (c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders		1,726,171	$	10.08		3,160,394
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders		—		—		—

Total		1,726,171	$	10.08		3,160,394

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled “General Information—Metalmark and our Institutional Stockholders,” “Corporate Governance,” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” of the Proxy Statement.

On August 10, 2010, our Chief Executive Officer submitted to The New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) the CEO certification required by the NYSE’s rules, certifying that he was not aware of any violations by EnerSys of the NYSE’s corporate governance listing standards.

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Audit Committee Report” of the Proxy Statement be filed no later than 120 days after the fiscal year end.

PART IV

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

(1) Consolidated Financial Statements

See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2) Financial Statement Schedule

The following consolidated financial statement schedule should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements (see Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:”): Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is contained in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

(b) The following documents are filed herewith as exhibits:


Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibit
3.1		Fifth Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 3 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on July 13, 2004).

3.2		Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 3.2 to Amendment No. 3 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on July 13, 2004).

4.1		2004 Securityholder Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 4 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on July 26, 2004).

4.2		Consent to Waiver dated as of November 1, 2007, between EnerSys, Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Capital Partners IV, L.P. and MSDW IV 892 Investors, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to EnerSys Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on June 11, 2008).

4.3		Consent to Waiver dated as of February 2, 2008, by and between Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Capital Partners IV, L.P., MSDW IV 892 Investors, L.P. and EnerSys. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to EnerSys Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on June 11, 2008).

4.4		Indenture, dated as of May 28, 2008, between EnerSys and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on May 28, 2008).

4.5		First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 28, 2008, between EnerSys and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on May 28, 2008).

10.1		Credit Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2008, among EnerSys, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as Syndication Agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., RZB Finance LLC and PNC Bank, National Association, as Co-Documentation Agent, and the various lending institutions party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on June 30, 2008).


Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibit
10.2		Credit Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2011, among EnerSys, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent, RB International Finance (USA) LLC and PNC Bank, National Association, as Co-Documentation Agents and Co-Managers and the various lending institutions party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on March 29, 2011).

10.3		Euro Credit Agreement, dated June 15, 2005, among EnerSys S.p.A., Banca Intesa S.p.A., Sanpaolo IMI S.p.A., et al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on June 20, 2005).

10.4		Amendment to Euro 25,000,000 Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on January 16, 2007).

10.5		Waiver and Amendment Agreement to Euro 25,000,000 Credit Agreement, among EnerSys Holdings (Luxembourg) S.a.r.l., EnerSys, EnerSys Capital, Inc. and Intesa Sanpaolo S.p.A., as Facility Agent and lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on May 19, 2008).

10.6		Amendment and Supplemental Facility Agreement to the Company’s Euro 25 Million Credit Facility Agreement, dated October 16, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on February 4, 2009).

10.7		Pledge Agreement, dated March 17, 2004, among EnerSys, various subsidiaries of EnerSys and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on May 17, 2004).

10.8		Security Agreement, dated March 17, 2004, among EnerSys, various subsidiaries of EnerSys and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on May 17, 2004).

10.9		Subsidiaries Guaranty, dated March 17, 2004, among various subsidiaries of EnerSys, in favor of Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on May 17, 2004).

10.10		Pledge over the Participation in EnerSys S.p.A., dated June 15, 2005, among EnerSys Holdings (Luxembourg) S.à r.l., Banca Intesa S.p.A., Sanpaolo IMI S.p.A., et al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on June 20, 2005).

10.11		Guaranty, dated June 15, 2005, of EnerSys Capital Inc. in favor of Sanpaolo IMI S.p.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on June 20, 2005).

10.12		Stock Subscription Agreement, dated March 22, 2002, among EnerSys Holdings Inc., Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Capital Partners IV, L.P., Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Capital Investors IV, L.P., MSDW IV 892 Investors, L.P., Morgan Stanley Global Emerging Markets Private Investment Fund, L.P. and Morgan Stanley Global Emerging Markets Private Investors, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Amendment No. 3 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on July 13, 2004).

10.13		Form of Indemnification Agreement between EnerSys and each of its Directors and Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Amendment No. 3 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on July 13, 2004).


Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibit
10.14		Employment Agreement, dated November 9, 2000, between Yuasa, Inc. and John D. Craig and letter of amendment thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on May 17, 2004).

10.15		Employment Agreement, dated November 9, 2000, between Yuasa, Inc. and Richard W. Zuidema and letter of amendment thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on May 17, 2004).

10.16		Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2007 between EH Europe GmbH and Raymond R. Kubis (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to EnerSys’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-32253) filed on August 8, 2007).

10.17		Form of 2000 Management Equity Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to Amendment No. 3 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on July 13, 2004).

10.18		Form of 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Amendment No. 3 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on July 13, 2004).

10.19		EnerSys Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to EnerSys Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on June 11, 2008).

10.20		EnerSys Management Incentive Plan for fiscal year 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on July 6, 2006).

10.21		EnerSys Management Incentive Plan for fiscal year 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on April 2, 2007).

10.22		EnerSys 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to EnerSys’ Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A (File No. 001-32253) filed on June 16, 2010).

10.23		EnerSys Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives as amended August 5, 2010, and May 26, 2011 (filed herewith).

10.24		Form of Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Amendment No. 3 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on July 13, 2004).

10.25		Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on December 9, 2005).

10.26		Form of Stock Option Agreement (four year vesting) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on May 23, 2007).

10.27		Form of Stock Option Agreement (three year vesting) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on May 6, 2008).

10.28		Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on May 23, 2007).

10.29		Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement - Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to EnerSys’ Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on June 1, 2009).

10.30		Form of Market Share Restricted Stock Unit Agreement - Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to EnerSys’ Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on June 1, 2010).

100


Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibit
10.31		Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement – Employees – 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (filed herewith).

10.32		Form of Market Share Restricted Stock Unit Agreement – Employees – 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (filed herewith).

10.33		Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement – Employees – Senior Executives – 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (filed herewith).

10.34		Form of Market Share Restricted Stock Unit Agreement - Employees – Senior Executives – 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (filed herewith).

10.35		Form of Deferred Stock Unit Agreement - Non-Employee Directors – 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (filed herewith).

11.1		Statement regarding Computation of Per Share Earnings.*

12.1		Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (filed herewith).

21.1		Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed herewith).

23.1		Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (filed herewith).

31.1		Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (filed herewith).

31.2		Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (filed herewith).

32.1		Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (furnished herewith).

101.INS		XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Document

101.LAB		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Document

101.PRE		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Document

*	Information required to be presented in Exhibit 11 is provided in Note 18 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K in accordance with FASB guidance for calculating earnings per share.

101

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


	ENERSYS

	By	/s/ JOHN D. CRAIG
Date: May 31, 2011		John D. Craig Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose name appears below hereby appoints John D. Craig and Michael J. Schmidtlein and each of them, as his true and lawful agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any and all amendments to the within annual report, and to file the same, together with all exhibits thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each said attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this annual report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated


Name	Title	Date

/s/ JOHN D. CRAIG John D. Craig	Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	May 31, 2011

/s/ MICHAEL J. SCHMIDTLEIN Michael J. Schmidtlein	Senior Vice President Finance and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	May 31, 2011

/S/ KERRY M. KANE Kerry M. Kane	Vice President and Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	May 31, 2011

/s/ HWAN-YOON F. CHUNG Hwan-yoon F. Chung	Director	May 31, 2011

/s/ SEIFI GHASEMI Seifi Ghasemi	Director	May 31, 2011

/s/ HOWARD I. HOFFEN Howard I. Hoffen	Director	May 31, 2011

/s/ ARTHUR T. KATSAROS Arthur T. Katsaros	Director	May 31, 2011

102


Name	Title	Date

/s/ JOHN F. LEHMAN John F. Lehman	Director	May 31, 2011

/S/ GENERAL ROBERT MAGNUS, USMC (RETIRED) General Robert Magnus, USMC (Retired)	Director	May 31, 2011

/s/ DENNIS S. MARLO Dennis S. Marlo	Director	May 31, 2011

/S/ JOSEPH C. MUSCARI Joseph C. Muscari	Director	May 31, 2011

103

Exhibit Index


Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibit
3.1		Fifth Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 3 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on July 13, 2004).

3.2		Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 3.2 to Amendment No. 3 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on July 13, 2004).

4.1		2004 Securityholder Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 4 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on July 26, 2004).

4.2		Consent to Waiver dated as of November 1, 2007, between EnerSys, Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Capital Partners IV, L.P. and MSDW IV 892 Investors, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to EnerSys Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on June 11, 2008).

4.3		Consent to Waiver dated as of February 2, 2008, by and between Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Capital Partners IV, L.P., MSDW IV 892 Investors, L.P. and EnerSys. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to EnerSys Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on June 11, 2008).

4.4		Indenture, dated as of May 28, 2008, between EnerSys and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on May 28, 2008).

4.5		First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 28, 2008, between EnerSys and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on May 28, 2008).

10.1		Credit Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2008, among EnerSys, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as Syndication Agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., RZB Finance LLC and PNC Bank, National Association, as Co-Documentation Agent, and the various lending institutions party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on June 30, 2008).

10.2		Credit Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2011, among EnerSys, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent, RB International Finance (USA) LLC and PNC Bank, National Association, as Co-Documentation Agents and Co-Managers and the various lending institutions party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on March 29, 2011).

10.3		Euro Credit Agreement, dated June 15, 2005, among EnerSys S.p.A., Banca Intesa S.p.A., Sanpaolo IMI S.p.A., et al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on June 20, 2005).

10.4		Amendment to Euro 25,000,000 Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on January 16, 2007).

10.5		Waiver and Amendment Agreement to Euro 25,000,000 Credit Agreement, among EnerSys Holdings (Luxembourg) S.a.r.l., EnerSys, EnerSys Capital, Inc. and Intesa Sanpaolo S.p.A., as Facility Agent and lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on May 19, 2008).

104


Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibit
10.6		Amendment and Supplemental Facility Agreement to the Company’s Euro 25 Million Credit Facility Agreement, dated October 16, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on February 4, 2009).

10.7		Pledge Agreement, dated March 17, 2004, among EnerSys, various subsidiaries of EnerSys and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on May 17, 2004).

10.8		Security Agreement, dated March 17, 2004, among EnerSys, various subsidiaries of EnerSys and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on May 17, 2004).

10.9		Subsidiaries Guaranty, dated March 17, 2004, among various subsidiaries of EnerSys, in favor of Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on May 17, 2004).

10.10		Pledge over the Participation in EnerSys S.p.A., dated June 15, 2005, among EnerSys Holdings (Luxembourg) S.à r.l., Banca Intesa S.p.A., Sanpaolo IMI S.p.A., et al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on June 20, 2005).

10.11		Guaranty, dated June 15, 2005, of EnerSys Capital Inc. in favor of Sanpaolo IMI S.p.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on June 20, 2005).

10.12		Stock Subscription Agreement, dated March 22, 2002, among EnerSys Holdings Inc., Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Capital Partners IV, L.P., Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Capital Investors IV, L.P., MSDW IV 892 Investors, L.P., Morgan Stanley Global Emerging Markets Private Investment Fund, L.P. and Morgan Stanley Global Emerging Markets Private Investors, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Amendment No. 3 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on July 13, 2004).

10.13		Form of Indemnification Agreement between EnerSys and each of its Directors and Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Amendment No. 3 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on July 13, 2004).

10.14		Employment Agreement, dated November 9, 2000, between Yuasa, Inc. and John D. Craig and letter of amendment thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on May 17, 2004).

10.15		Employment Agreement, dated November 9, 2000, between Yuasa, Inc. and Richard W. Zuidema and letter of amendment thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on May 17, 2004).

10.16		Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2007 between EH Europe GmbH and Raymond R. Kubis (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to EnerSys’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-32253) filed on August 8, 2007).

10.17		Form of 2000 Management Equity Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to Amendment No. 3 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on July 13, 2004).

10.18		Form of 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Amendment No. 3 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on July 13, 2004).

105


Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibit
10.19		EnerSys Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to EnerSys Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on June 11, 2008).

10.20		EnerSys Management Incentive Plan for fiscal year 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on July 6, 2006).

10.21		EnerSys Management Incentive Plan for fiscal year 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on April 2, 2007).

10.22		EnerSys 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to EnerSys’ Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A (File No. 001-32253) filed on June 16, 2010).

10.23		EnerSys Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives as amended August 5, 2010, and May 26, 2011 (filed herewith).

10.24		Form of Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Amendment No. 3 to EnerSys’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-115553) filed on July 13, 2004).

10.25		Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on December 9, 2005).

10.26		Form of Stock Option Agreement (four year vesting) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on May 23, 2007).

10.27		Form of Stock Option Agreement (three year vesting) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on May 6, 2008).

10.28		Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to EnerSys’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on May 23, 2007).

10.29		Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement - Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to EnerSys’ Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on June 1, 2009).

10.30		Form of Market Share Restricted Stock Unit Agreement - Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to EnerSys’ Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-32253) filed on June 1, 2010).

10.31		Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement – Employees – 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (filed herewith).

10.32		Form of Market Share Restricted Stock Unit Agreement – Employees – 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (filed herewith).

10.33		Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement – Employees – Senior Executives – 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (filed herewith).

10.34		Form of Market Share Restricted Stock Unit Agreement - Employees – Senior Executives – 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (filed herewith).

10.35		Form of Deferred Stock Unit Agreement - Non-Employee Directors – 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (filed herewith).

11.1		Statement regarding Computation of Per Share Earnings.*

12.1		Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (filed herewith).

21.1		Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed herewith).

23.1		Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (filed herewith).

106


Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibit
31.1		Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (filed herewith).

31.2		Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (filed herewith).

32.1		Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (furnished herewith).

101.INS		XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Document

101.LAB		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Document

101.PRE		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Document

*	Information required to be presented in Exhibit 11 is provided in Note 18 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K in accordance with FASB guidance for calculating earnings per share.

107

EnerSys Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives as amended

Exhibit 10.23

EnerSys

Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives

Effective April 1, 2009, as amended effective August 5, 2010, and May 26, 2011

1. DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases and terms shall have the indicated meanings:

1.1 “Beneficiary” means the person or persons designated pursuant to Section 2.2. For purposes of the preceding sentence the term “person” shall include an individual, trust, or estate. In default of a valid Beneficiary designation, a Participant’s Beneficiary shall be a Participant’s estate.

1.2 “Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

1.3 “Bonus” means any compensation relating to services performed during any Plan Year payable to a Participant as an Employee under any of the Company’s bonus or cash compensation incentive plans; provided that compensation that is paid or payable during such Plan Year shall not be deemed a Bonus under the Plan.

1.4 “Bonus Deferrals” means the deferrals elected by the Participant pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof.

1.5 “Change in Control” means an event that constitutes a Change in Control under the Long-Term Incentive Plan; provided that such event shall not constitute a Change in Control under this Plan unless such event also constitutes a change in control of the Company within the meaning of Code Section 409A.

1.6 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.7 “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee as may be appointed by the Board to administer this Plan. Such term also includes the full Board to the extent it takes action with respect to administrative or operational matters relating to the Plan.

1.8 “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share.

1.9 “Company” shall mean EnerSys and any successor thereto.

1.10 “Deferral Account” means an account established on the books of the Company for the purpose of recording amounts credited with respect to Bonus Deferrals on behalf of a Participant, Matching Amounts (if any), and any income, expenses, gains, or losses with respect

thereto. There are three types of Deferral Accounts under the Plan, the Investment Fund Deferral Account, the Stock Unit Deferral Account, and the Market Share Unit Deferral Account.

1.11 “Deferral Election” means an irrevocable election, on a form prescribed by the Committee, by a Participant to defer receipt of a portion of such Participant’s Bonus for a specific Plan Year.

1.12 “Disability” means an inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as determined by the Committee.

1.13 “Effective Date” means April 1, 2009.

1.14 “Employee” means an individual who is a common law employee of any Employer.

1.15 “Employer” means the Company or any Subsidiary that the Board has selected as eligible to have certain of its management and highly compensated personnel participate in the Plan.

1.16 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

1.17 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1.18 “Investment Funds” means the investment alternatives the Committee establishes from time to time for tracking the investment returns to be credited to Participants’ Investment Fund Deferral Accounts.

1.19 “Investment Fund Deferral Account” means the Deferral Account that is maintained with respect to the portion of a Participant’s Bonus Deferrals that such reflects the tracking of the investment returns based on the Participant’s allocation of investments in the Investment Funds, and any hypothetical expenses and earnings or losses with respect thereto.

1.20 “Long-Term Incentive Plan” means the EnerSys 2004, 2006, or 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as applicable. Such term shall also mean any other successor or comparable plan or program as designated by the Committee and approved by the Board from time to time.

1.21 “Market Share Unit” means a form of Stock Unit (as defined in the Long-Term Incentive Plan) that entitles a Participant to receive, at the end of the applicable Performance Period, between zero and two shares of Common Stock, based on the change in price of the Company’s Common Stock over such Performance Period.

1.22 “Market Share Unit Deferral” means that portion of a Participant’s Bonus Deferral that such Participant has elected to allocate in Market Share Units.

1.23 “Market Share Unit Deferral Account” means an account established on a Participant’s behalf with respect to such Participant’s Market Share Unit Deferral, the Matching Amount and any earnings or losses with respect thereto.

1.24 “Matching Amount” means, with respect to the amount of a Stock Unit Deferral or Market Share Unit Deferral for a Plan Year by a Participant, the amount contributed to a Participant’s Stock Unit Deferral Account or Market Share Unit Deferral Account, as applicable, pursuant to Section 4.1.

1.25 “Participant” means an individual who (i) has properly and timely completed such Participant’s elections pursuant to Section 2.2 and (ii) is an Employee or, if not, has a balance standing to his or her credit in one or more Deferral Accounts with respect to Plan Years in which such individual was an Employee. Such term also includes a deceased Participant’s Beneficiary, who is entitled to a Plan benefit, until such benefit is paid.

1.26 “Payout Factor” means, for each Market Share Unit that is contributed to a Participant’s Market Share Unit Deferral Account, the Share Price at the end of the Performance Period of such Market Share Unit divided by the Share Price on the date of such contribution, with the quotient rounded to the nearest hundredth (two places after the decimal); provided, however, that if the Payout Factor equals more than 2.00, the Payout Factor shall be 2.00.

1.27 “Performance Period” means, with respect to a particular Market Share Unit, the three-year period beginning on the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant earned the Bonus to which such Market Share Unit relates. With respect to a Market Share Unit that is contributed to a Participant’s Market Share Unit Deferral Account as a Matching Amount on a Market Share Unit Deferral, the Performance Period shall be the vesting period set forth in Section 4.2(b).

1.28 “Plan” means this EnerSys Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives.

1.29 “Plan Year” means the Company’s 12-month fiscal year or such other 12-month period as the Committee may designate from time to time.

1.30 “Share Price” means, for each Market Share Unit that is contributed to a Participant’s Market Share Unit Deferral Account, the average of the closing share prices of the Company’s Common Stock during the 90 calendar days immediately preceding the end of the Performance Period of such Market Share Unit or the date of such contribution, as applicable; provided that if there were no trades on the last date of such Performance Period or date of contribution, as applicable, the closing prices during the 90 calendar days immediately preceding the most recent date on which there were trades shall be used.

1.31 “Stock Unit Deferral” means that portion of a Participant’s Bonus Deferral that such Participant has elected to allocate in Stock Units.

1.32 “Stock Unit Deferral Account” means an account established on a Participant’s behalf with respect to such Participant’s Stock Unit Deferral, the Matching Amount, and any earnings or losses with respect thereto.

1.33 “Stock Units” means Stock Units (as defined in the Long-Term Incentive Plan) awarded to a Participant pursuant to the terms of the Long-Term Incentive Plan. As used herein, the term “Stock Units” shall refer only to those Stock Units that are not Market Share Units.

1.34 “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary corporation, as defined in Code Section 424(f), that is a subsidiary of the Company.

1.35 “Termination” means a Participant’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h).

1.36 “Valuation Date” means any day that the New York Stock Exchange or any successor to its business is open for trading.

2. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

2.1 Eligibility for Participation: Participation in the Plan is limited to those individuals that the Committee selects. To be eligible to make Bonus Deferrals for a Plan Year the individual must be in a select group of management and highly compensated Employees, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. From that group, the Committee shall select, in its sole discretion, the Employees who shall be eligible to make Bonus Deferrals for such Plan Year. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer shall at all times be deemed eligible to make Bonus Deferrals in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

2.2 Commencement of Participation: Each Participant shall be provided an opportunity to irrevocably designate, prior to each Plan Year (or, in the Participant’s first year of eligibility, within 30 days following the date the Participant became eligible), his or her elections pursuant to Article 3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may make an election with respect to a Bonus that is “performance-based compensation” (as defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(e)) on or before the date that is six months from the end of the applicable Plan Year (or the date such compensation has become “readily ascertainable” (as defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-2(a)(8)), if earlier. Such Participant must make such designation in the manner authorized by the Committee and such designation must be accompanied by, as applicable:

(a) an irrevocable authorization to defer receipt of a percentage of a Bonus with respect to a Plan Year as a Bonus Deferral as elected under Section 3.1;

(b) an irrevocable election to allocate such Bonus Deferral to an Investment Fund Deferral Account, to a Stock Unit Deferral Account, or to a Market Share Unit Deferral Account;

(d) a designation as to the form and timing of the distribution of the Participant’s vested Deferral Accounts for such Plan Year as provided under Sections 6.1 and 6.2.

2.3 Cessation of Participation: A Participant shall cease to be an active Participant on the earliest of:

(a) the date that the Plan terminates,

(b) the date that the Participant ceases to be eligible to participate in the Plan under Section 2.1, or

A former active Participant shall be deemed a Participant for all purposes except with respect to the right to make deferrals, as long as he or she maintains a Deferral Account.

3. DEFERRAL OF COMPENSATION

3.1 Bonus Deferrals: Each Participant eligible to make Bonus Deferrals may authorize the Company, in the manner described in Section 2.2, to defer a percentage of his or her Bonus that would otherwise be payable for services performed in a Plan Year. Such Bonus Deferrals shall be a stated percentage of the Participant’s Bonus for such period, up to 100 percent as designated by the Participant. A Participant must make an election to defer a Bonus in accordance with Section 2.2. A Participant must make a new election to defer a Bonus for each subsequent Plan Year.

3.2 Crediting of Bonus Deferrals: A Participant’s Bonus Deferrals shall be credited to such Participant’s Deferral Accounts as of the date that the Bonus would otherwise be paid to the Participant if the Participant was not deferring such Bonus.

3.3 Vesting of Bonus Deferrals: Each Participant shall always be 100% vested in each of such Participant’s Bonus Deferrals in such Participant’s Deferral Accounts.

4. EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1 Matching Amount: On the same day that a Bonus is credited to a Participant’s Stock Unit Deferral Account as a Stock Unit Deferral or Market Share Unit Deferral Account as a Market Share Unit Deferral on behalf of such Participant, the Company shall credit on behalf of such Participant, with respect to such Stock Unit Deferral or Market Share Unit Deferral, a Matching Amount. The Matching Amount shall be an amount equal to the lesser of $150,000 or 20 percent of such Participant’s Stock Unit Deferral or Market Share Unit Deferral amount. The Matching Amount shall be made in the form of Stock Units or Market Share Units in accordance with the Participant’s election pursuant to Section 2.2(b).

4.2 Vesting of Matching Amounts:

(a) With respect to a Stock Unit that is credited to a Participant’s Stock Unit Deferral Account as a Matching Amount on a Stock Unit Deferral, a Participant shall vest in such Stock Unit three years from the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant earned the Bonus to which such Stock Unit Deferral relates; provided that the Participant is continuously employed by the Company from the date of crediting through such vesting date. Subject to Section 4.2(c) below, any Stock Unit contributed to a Participant’s Stock Unit Deferral Account as a Matching Amount that fails to vest because the employment

condition set forth in the preceding sentence is not satisfied shall be forfeited as of the Participant’s Termination.

(b) With respect to a Market Share Unit that is credited to a Participant’s Market Share Unit Deferral Account as a Matching Amount on a Market Share Unit Deferral, a Participant shall vest in such Market Share Unit three years from the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant earned the Bonus to which such Market Share Unit Deferral relates; provided that the Participant is continuously employed by the Company from the date of crediting through such vesting date. Subject to Section 4.2(c) below, any Market Share Unit contributed to a Participant’s Market Share Unit Deferral Account as a Matching Amount that fails to vest because the employment condition set forth in the preceding sentence is not satisfied shall be forfeited as of the Participant’s Termination.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to both Stock Units and Market Share Units contributed to a Participant’s Deferral Account as Matching Amounts:

(i) upon a Change in Control where the holders of the Company’s Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, all outstanding but unvested Matching Amounts shall become 100% vested; or

(ii) upon a Termination due to death or Permanent Disability (as defined in the Long-Term Incentive Plan), a voluntary Termination for Good Reason (as defined in the Long-Term Incentive Plan), or an involuntary Termination without Cause (as defined in the Long-Term Incentive Plan) in each case on or within two years after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control described in Section 4.2(c)(i) above) (such Termination on or within two years after such Change in Control, a “Change in Control Termination”), all outstanding but unvested Matching Amounts shall become 100% vested.

5. INVESTMENT OF DEFERRALS

5.1 Establishment of Accounts: The Company shall establish the following Deferral Accounts for each Participant (but only to the extent the Participant has amounts to be allocated to such Deferral Account):

(a) an Investment Fund Deferral Account,

(b) a Stock Unit Deferral Account, and

Each Participant shall receive periodic statements (no less frequently than annually) reflecting the balances in his or her Accounts.

5.2 Obligation of the Company: Individual benefits under the Plan are payable as they become due solely from the general assets of the Company. To the extent a Participant, or any person, acquires a right to receive payments under this Plan, such right shall be no greater than

the right of any general creditor of the Company. Neither this Plan, nor any action taken pursuant to the terms of this Plan, shall be considered to create a fiduciary relationship between the Company and the Participant, or any other persons, or to require the establishment of a trust of which the assets are beyond the claims of any general creditor of the Company.

5.3 Establishment of Investment Funds: The Committee will establish multiple deemed Investment Funds that the Committee will cause to be maintained for determining the investment return to be credited to each Participant’s Investment Fund Deferral Account. The Committee may change the number, identity, or composition of the Investment Funds from time to time. Each Participant will indicate the Investment Funds for allocation of the amounts credited to his or her Investment Fund Deferral Account. Each Participant’s Investment Fund Deferral Account will be increased or decreased by the net amount of investment earnings or losses that it would have achieved had it actually been invested in the deemed investments. The Company is not required to purchase or hold any of the deemed Investment Funds. Investment Fund elections must be made in a minimum of 1% increments and in such other manner as the Committee will specify. A Participant may change his or her Investment Fund election periodically in the manner provided by the Committee. Any such change shall become effective as soon as administratively practicable following the date the Committee receives notice of such change in the form prescribed by the Committee.

5.4 Crediting Investment Results: No less frequently than as of each Valuation Date, each Participant’s Investment Fund Deferral Account will be increased or decreased to reflect investment results and any expenses with respect thereto. Each Participant’s Investment Fund Deferral Account will be credited with the investment return of the Investment Funds in which the Participant elected to be deemed to participate. The credited investment return is intended to reflect the actual performance of the Investment Funds net of any applicable investment management fees or administrative expenses determined by the Committee. Notwithstanding the above, the amount of any payment of Plan benefits pursuant to Article 5 or upon Plan termination shall be determined as of the Valuation Date preceding the date of payment.

5.5 Stock Unit Deferral Account: All amounts that a Participant elects to defer to a Stock Unit Deferral Account and any Matching Amounts attributable thereto, shall be credited in Stock Units. The number of Stock Units credited to a Participant’s Stock Unit Deferral Account shall be determined based upon the closing price of Common Stock on the date of crediting.

5.6 Market Share Unit Deferral Account:

(a) All amounts that a Participant elects to defer to a Market Share Unit Deferral Account and any Matching Amounts attributable thereto, shall be initially credited in Market Share Units. The number of Market Share Units initially credited to a Participant’s Market Share Unit Deferral Account shall be determined based upon the closing price of Common Stock on the date of crediting with the value of a Market Share Unit determined in the same manner as used by the Company for SEC disclosure purposes.

(b) All amounts that a Participant elects to defer to a Market Share Unit Deferral Account and any Matching Amounts attributable thereto shall convert to a number of Stock

Units on the last day of the Performance Period based upon the product obtained by multiplying the applicable number of Market Share Units times the applicable Payout Factor.

(c) In the event of a Change in Control described in Section 4.2(c)(i) prior to the last date of a Performance Period, all amounts deferred to a Market Share Unit Deferral Account and any Matching Amounts attributable thereto shall convert to a number of Stock Units on the date of the Change in Control based upon the product obtained by multiplying the applicable number of Market Share Units times the applicable Payout Factor determined by substituting the date of the Change in Control for the last date of the Performance Period.

(d) In the event of a Change in Control Termination described in Section 4.2(c)(ii) prior to the last date of a Performance Period, all amounts deferred to a Market Share Unit Deferral Account and any Matching Amounts attributable thereto shall convert to a number of Stock Units on the date of the Change in Control Termination based upon the product obtained by multiplying the applicable number of Market Share Units times the applicable Payout Factor determined by substituting the date of the Change in Control Termination for the last date of the Performance Period.

5.7 Dividends: If the Company declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of cash, then a number of additional Stock Units or Market Share Units shall be credited to the Participant as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution equal to the result of dividing (i) the product of the total number of Stock Units or Market Share Units in the Participant’s Deferral Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution times the per share amount of such dividend or distribution, by (ii) the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock (as defined in the Long-Term Incentive Plan) as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution.

6. PAYMENT AND AMOUNT OF BENEFITS

6.1 Form of Distribution:

(a) Each Participant shall elect the form and timing of the distribution with respect to each of his or her Deferral Accounts in the manner authorized by the Committee, provided that a Participant may elect to receive distributions from his or her Deferral Accounts in a lump sum or in up to 10 annual installments.

(b) If the Participant elects an annual installment distribution, the amount of each installment shall be determined by multiplying the Participant’s remaining Account balance by a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the number of years remaining in the installment period.

(c) Distributions of a Participant’s Stock Unit Deferral Account shall be made in the form of Common Stock in an amount equal to one share of Common Stock payable for each Stock Unit.

(d) Distributions of a Participant’s Market Share Unit Deferral Account that have converted to Stock Units in accordance with Section 5.6 shall be made in the form of

Common Stock in an amount equal to one share of Common Stock payable for each Stock Unit.

(e) In the event a Participant fails to elect the form of distribution with respect to any of his or her Deferral Accounts, the form of distribution thereof shall be a lump sum.

6.2 Time of Distribution: Each Participant shall elect the timing of the distribution with respect to his or her vested Deferral Account in the manner that the Committee may authorize. A Participant shall make a separate election as to the timing of payment with respect to each Deferral Account specified in Section 6.1 above. The Participant’s election(s) shall indicate that payment shall be made (in the case of a lump sum election) or shall commence (in the case of an annual installment election):

(a) within 60 days following the Participant’s Termination; provided, however, that if the Performance Period for any vested amounts in the Participant’s Market Share Unit Deferral Account ends after the date of such Termination, such amounts shall be distributed within 60 days following the last date of such Performance Period (or, if earlier, the date of a Change in Control described in Section 4.2(c)(i));

(b) in a specific month and year, but, with respect to the distribution of a Stock Unit Deferral Account or Market Share Unit Deferral Account, in no event earlier than three years from the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant earned the Bonus to which the Bonus Deferrals in such Stock Unit Deferral Account or Market Share Unit Deferral Account relate; provided, however, that if a Participant elects his or her distribution to be made or commenced in accordance with this paragraph (b), and such date falls before the Participant’s Termination, the distribution shall be delayed until a date within 60 days following the Participant’s Termination; or

(c) within 60 days following the earlier of (i) a Change in Control or (ii) the Participant’s Termination; provided that if after such Change in Control, outstanding and unvested Matching Amounts remain in the Participant’s Deferral Account, such amounts, if any, shall distributed, if at all, within 60 days following the applicable vesting date set forth in Section 4.2; and further provided that if the Performance Period for any vested amounts in the Participant’s Market Share Unit Deferral Account ends after the date of such Change in Control or Termination, such amounts shall be distributed within 60 days following the last date of such Performance Period (or, if earlier, the date of a Change in Control described in Section 4.2(c)(i) or Change in Control Termination described in Section 4.2(c)(ii)).

(d) In the event a Participant fails to elect the timing of distribution with respect to any of his or her Deferral Accounts, the timing of distribution thereof shall be in accordance with Section 6.2(a).

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant is deemed to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then with regard to any distribution under this Section 6.2 that is required to be delayed pursuant to Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), such distribution shall not be made prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of the Participant’s Termination,

or (ii) the date of the Participant’s death (the “Delay Period”). Within 10 days following the expiration of the Delay Period, all distributions delayed pursuant to this paragraph (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a lump sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be made to the Participant in a lump sum, and any remaining distributions due shall be made in accordance with the normal distribution dates specified for them herein.

6.3 Change in Form or Time of Distribution: A Participant may change his or her form and timing election applicable to the distribution of a Deferral Account provided that such request for change (i) does not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the request is made, (ii) in the case of a change to a distribution to be made at a specified time, is made at least 12 consecutive months prior to the date that such distribution would otherwise have been made or commenced, and (iii) the first payment with respect to such new election is deferred for a period of not less than five years beyond the date such distribution would otherwise have been made.

6.4 Distribution Upon Death or Disability: Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 6.1, 6.2, and 6.3, upon a Participant’s death or Termination due to Disability, all vested amounts credited to such Participant’s Deferral Accounts shall be paid to the Participant, in a lump-sum payment, as soon as administratively feasible, but in no event later than 60 days, after the occurrence of such death or Termination due to Disability (subject to any required delay pursuant to Code Section 409A as set forth in Section 6.2(e)); provided that if the Performance Period for any vested amounts in the Participant’s Market Share Unit Deferral Account ends after the date of such Termination, such amounts shall be distributed within 60 days following the last date of such Performance Period (or, if earlier, the date of a Change in Control described in Section 4.2(c)(i)).

7. FINANCING

In the event that, in its discretion, the Company purchases an asset(s) or insurance policy or policies insuring the life of the Employee to allow the Company to recover the cost of providing benefits, in whole or in part hereunder, neither the Employee, Beneficiary, nor any other beneficiary shall have any rights whatsoever therein in such assets or in the proceeds therefrom. The Company shall be the sole owner and beneficiary of any such assets or insurance policy and shall possess and may exercise all incidents of ownership therein. No Participant shall have any right or interest in any such policy or the proceeds thereof or in any other specific fund or asset of the Company because of the Plan. The Company’s obligation to make payments under the Plan shall be contractual only and all payments hereunder shall be made from its general assets at the time and in the manner provided for in the Plan. The rights of Participants to benefit payments hereunder shall be no greater than those of a general creditor.

8. ADMINISTRATION

8.1 Administration: Responsibility for establishing the requirements for participation and for administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Committee, which shall have the full and exclusive discretionary authority to interpret the Plan, to determine all benefits and to resolve all questions arising from the administration, interpretation, and application of their provisions, either by general rules or by particular decisions, including determinations as to

whether a claimant is eligible for benefits, the amount, form and timing of benefits, and any other matter (including any question of fact) raised by a claimant or identified by the Committee. The Committee may delegate administrative tasks as necessary to persons who are not Committee members. All decisions of the Committee shall be conclusive and binding upon all affected persons.

8.2 Plan Expenses: The Company shall bear all expenses of administering the Plan. No employee shall receive any remuneration for service in such capacity but the Company shall reimburse the Committee or its members for any amounts paid or incurred in connection with administering the Plan.

8.3 Liability: The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee against any and all claims, loss, damage, expense, or liability arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct.

9. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

9.1 Plan Amendment: The Plan may be amended or otherwise modified by the Committee, in whole or in part, provided that no amendment or modification shall divest any Participant of any vested amount previously credited to such Participant’s Deferral Account under Article 3 and 4 or of the amount and method of crediting earnings to such Deferral Account under Article 5 of the Plan as of the date of such amendment.

9.2 Termination of the Plan: The Committee reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time in whole or in part. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall pay benefits in the form and at the time elected by the Participant pursuant to Article 6 of the Plan. Earnings or losses with respect thereto shall continue to be allocated under Article 5 after the termination of the Plan until the Participant’s benefits have been paid in full.

10. CLAIMS PROCEDURE

10.1 Claim: Any person claiming a benefit, requesting an interpretation or ruling under the Plan, or requesting information under the Plan shall present the request in writing to the Committee, which shall respond in writing as soon as practicable.

10.2 Denial of Claim: If the claim or request is denied, the written notice of denial shall state:

(a) the reasons for denial, with specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the Committee based the denial;

(b) a description of any additional material or information required and an explanation of why it is necessary; and

10.3 Review of Claim: Any person whose claim or request is denied or who has not received a response within 30 days may request review by notice given in writing to the Committee. The Committee shall review the claim or request and the Committee may, but shall not be required to, grant the claimant a hearing. On review, the claimant may have representation, examine pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing.

10.4 Final Decision: The Committee shall normally make its review decision within 60 days. If the Committee requires an extension of time for a hearing or other special circumstances, the Committee shall notify the claimant and the time limit shall be 120 days. The decision shall be in writing and shall state the reasons and the relevant Plan provisions. All decisions on review shall be final and bind all parties concerned.

10.5 Attorney’s Fees and Expenses: In the event a Participant’s claim for benefits under this Plan is denied and the Participant successfully appeals the denial of such claim under the foregoing procedures, the Company shall pay or reimburse the reasonable legal fees and expenses directly incurred by the Participant in connection with his or her appeal subject to a maximum payment or reimbursement of one-third of the balance of the Participant’s Deferral Accounts. Any such legal fees and expenses shall be paid to, or on behalf of, the Participant no later than 30 days following the Participant’s written request for the payment of such legal fees and expenses, provided the Participant supplies the Committee with evidence of the fees and expenses incurred by the Participant that the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines is sufficient.

10.6 Interest on Delayed Payments: In the event a Participant’s claim for benefits under this Plan is denied and the Participant successfully appeals the denial of such claim under the foregoing procedures, the Company shall pay to the Participant interest on the portion of the Participant’s benefits that were not otherwise paid when due because of the initial denial of the claim. For purposes of the preceding sentence, interest shall accrue at an annual rate equal to the prime rate as quoted in the Wall Street Journal as of the date the benefits would otherwise have been paid if the claim had not initially been denied, plus five percent, and shall be adjusted as necessary to reflect any partial payment or payments of the amounts owed to the Participant.

11. MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 Non-Alienation of Benefits: No amount payable under the Plan shall be subject to assignment, transfer, sale, pledge, encumbrance, alienation, or charge by a Participant or the Beneficiary of a Participant except as may be required by law.

11.2 Limitation of Rights: Neither the establishment of this Plan, nor any modification thereof, nor the creation of a Deferral Account, nor the payment of any benefits shall be construed as giving:

(a) any Participant, Beneficiary, or any other person, any legal or equitable right against the Company unless such right shall be specifically provided for in the Plan or conferred by affirmative action of the Committee in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan; or

(b) any Participant or any other person, the right to be retained in the service of the Company, and all Participants and other employees shall remain subject to termination to the same extent as if the Plan had never been adopted.

11.3 Participant’s Rights Unsecured: The right of any Participant or Beneficiary to receive payment under the provisions of the Plan shall be as an unsecured claim against the Company, as the case may be, and no provisions contained in the Plan shall be construed to give any Participant or Beneficiary at any time a security interest in the Participant’s Deferral Accounts or any asset of the Company. The liabilities of the Company to any Participant or Beneficiary pursuant to the Plan shall be those of a debtor pursuant to such contractual obligations as are created by the Plan. Amounts, if any, which may be set aside by the Company for accounting purposes shall not in any way be held in trust for, or be subject to the claims of, a Participant or Beneficiary.

11.4 Incapacity: In the event that the Committee shall find that a Participant or other person entitled to benefits hereunder is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, the Committee may direct that any benefit payment due him or her, unless claim shall have been made therefor by a duly appointed legal representative, be paid to the Participant’s spouse, child, parent or other blood relative, or to a person with whom he or she resides, and any such payment so made shall be a complete discharge of the liabilities of the Company and the Plan therefor.

11.5 Withholding: There shall be deducted from all payments under this Plan the amount of any taxes required to be withheld by any Federal, state, or local government. The Participants and their Beneficiaries, distributees, and personal representatives will bear any and all Federal, foreign, state, local, or other income or other taxes imposed on amounts paid under this Plan.

11.6 Severability: Should any provision of the Plan or any regulations adopted thereunder be deemed or held to be unlawful or invalid for any reason, such fact shall not adversely affect the other provisions or regulations unless such invalidity shall render impossible or impractical the functioning of the Plan and, in such case, the appropriate parties shall adopt a new provision or regulation to take the place of the one held illegal or invalid.

11.7 Adjustments: In the event of a stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, or other event described in Section 16 of the Long-Term Incentive Plan, the provisions of such Section 16 shall apply to any Stock Units and Market Share Units credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account, provided that any such adjustment shall be consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the guidance promulgated thereunder.

11.8 No Rights: Neither the Participant nor any other person shall have any rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Stock Units and Market Share Units credited to such Participant’s Deferral Account until shares of Common Stock are issued to such Participant or such Participant’s Beneficiary in satisfaction thereof.

11.9 Controlling Law: The Plan shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania except to the extent preempted by ERISA and any other law of the United States.

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement-Employees

Exhibit 10.31

ENERSYS

AWARD AGREEMENT FOR EMPLOYEES – RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

UNDER THE 2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

THIS AWARD AGREEMENT FOR EMPLOYEES – RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS (this “Agreement”), dated as of , is between ENERSYS, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the individual identified on the signature page hereof (the “Participant”).

BACKGROUND

A. The Participant is currently an employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries.

B. The Company desires to (i) provide the Participant with an incentive to remain in the employ of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) increase the Participant’s interest in the success of the Company by granting restricted stock units (the “Restricted Stock Units”) to the Participant.

C. The grant of the Restricted Stock Units is (i) made pursuant to the EnerSys 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), (ii) made subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and (iii) not employment compensation nor an employment right and is made in the discretion of the Company’s Compensation Committee.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions; Incorporation of Plan Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan. This Agreement and the Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the Plan. The terms of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by reference. If there is a conflict or an inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.

2. Grant of Restricted Stock Units.

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Participant the number of Restricted Stock Units specified on the signature page of this Agreement. The Company shall credit to a bookkeeping account (the “Account”) maintained by the Company, or a third party on behalf of the Company, for the Participant’s benefit the Restricted Stock Units, each of which shall be deemed to be the equivalent of one share of the Company’s common stock, par value $.0.01 per share (each, a “Share”).

(b) If and whenever any cash dividends are declared on the Shares, on the date such dividend is paid, the Company will credit to the Account a number of additional Restricted Stock Units equal to the result of dividing (i) the product of the total number of Restricted Stock Units credited to the Account on the record date for such dividend (other than previously settled or forfeited Restricted Stock Units) times the per Share amount of such dividend, by (ii) the Fair Market Value of one Share on the record date for such dividend. The additional Restricted Stock Units shall be or become vested to the same extent as the Restricted Stock Units that resulted in the crediting of such additional Restricted Stock Units.

(c) If and whenever the Company declares and pays a dividend or distribution on the Shares in the form of additional shares, or there occurs a forward split of Shares, then a number of additional Restricted Units shall be credited to the Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution or forward split equal to (i) the total number of Restricted Stock Units credited to the Account on the record date for such dividend or distribution or split (other than previously settled or forfeited Restricted Stock Units), multiplied by (ii) the number of additional Shares actually paid as a dividend or distribution or issued in such split in respect of each outstanding Share. The additional Restricted Stock Units shall be or become vested to the same extent as the Restricted Stock Units that resulted in the crediting of such additional Restricted Stock Units.

3. Terms and Conditions. All of the Restricted Stock Units shall initially be unvested.

(a) Vesting. Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Restricted Stock Units (rounded up to the nearest whole number) shall vest on the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement and on each of the next three (3) successive anniversaries thereof unless previously vested or forfeited in accordance with the Plan or this Agreement (the “Normal Vesting Schedule”).

(i) Any Restricted Stock Units that fail to vest because the employment condition set forth in Section 3(c) is not satisfied shall be forfeited, subject to the special provisions set forth in subsections (ii) through (iv) of this Section 3(a).

(ii) If the Participant’s employment terminates due to death or Permanent Disability, or in the event of a Change in Control where the holders of the Company’s Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, Restricted Stock Units not previously vested shall immediately become vested.

(iii) If-on or within two years after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control described in Section 3(a)(ii) above), the Participant terminates employment for Good Reason, or is terminated by the Company without Cause, Restricted Stock Units not previously vested shall immediately become vested.

(iv) In the event of the Participant’s resignation or termination of employment (other than for Cause) on or after the earlier of (A) the Participant’s 60th birthday and having attained ten (10) years of service with the Company or a Subsidiary (including years

of service granted by the Company as a result of a merger, acquisition, or other transaction) or (B) the Participant’s 65th birthday (a “Retirement”), the Compensation Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, whether and the manner in which Restricted Stock Units not previously vested (or any portion thereof) shall be vested and transferred to such Participant. In the absence of Compensation Committee action, upon such Retirement, the Participant shall forfeit any and all Restricted Stock Units which have not vested as of the date of such termination and such units shall revert to the Company without consideration of any kind. To the extent the Participant’s Retirement date and vesting date under this Section 3(a)(iv) are in different tax years, any amount payable under this subsection shall constitute the payment of nonqualified deferred compensation, subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A.

(b) Restrictions on Transfer. Until the earlier of the applicable vesting date under the Normal Vesting Schedule, the date of a termination of employment due to death or Permanent Disability, the date of a Change in Control described in Section 3(a)(ii), or the date of a termination of employment on or within two years after a Change in Control described in Section 3(a)(iii), or as otherwise provided in the Plan, no transfer of the Restricted Stock Units or any of the Participant’s rights with respect to the Restricted Stock Units, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise, shall be permitted. Unless the Company’s Compensation Committee determines otherwise, upon any attempt to transfer any Restricted Stock Units or any rights in respect of the Restricted Stock Units before the earlier of the applicable vesting date under the Normal Vesting Schedule, the date of a termination of employment due to death or Permanent Disability, the date of a Change in Control described in Section 3(a)(ii), or the date of a termination of employment on or within two years after a Change in Control described in Section 3(a)(iii), such unit, and all of the rights related to such unit, shall be immediately forfeited by the Participant and transferred to, and reacquired by, the Company without consideration of any kind.

(c) Forfeiture. Upon termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary for any reason other than death, Permanent Disability or one of the reasons set forth in Sections 3(a)(iii) and (iv), the Participant shall forfeit any and all Restricted Stock Units which have not vested as of the date of such termination and such units shall revert to the Company without consideration of any kind.

(d) Settlement. Restricted Stock Units not previously forfeited shall be settled on the earlier of the applicable vesting date under the Normal Vesting Schedule, the date of a termination of employment due to death or Permanent Disability, the date of a Change in Control described in Section 3(a)(ii), or the date of a termination of employment on or within two years after a Change in Control described in Section 3(a)(iii) by delivery of one share of common stock for each Restricted Stock Unit being settled.

principal or investor or as an employee, officer, director, manager, partner, consultant, agent, or otherwise, alone or in association with any other person, firm, corporation, or other business organization, become involved in a Competing Business Americas, Europe or Asia, or in any geographic area in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has engaged during such period in any of the activities that comprise a Competing Business, or in which the Participant has knowledge of the Company’s plans to engage in any of the activities that comprise a Competing Business (including, without limitation, any area in which any customer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may be located); provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 4 shall apply solely to those activities of a Competing Business, with which the Participant was personally involved or for which the Participant was responsible while employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries during the twelve (12) month period preceding termination of the Participant’s employment. This Section 4 will not be violated, however, by Participant’s investment of up to $100,000 in the aggregate in one or several publicly-traded companies that engage in a competing business.

5. Wrongful Solicitation. As a separate and independent covenant, the Participant agrees with the Company that, for so long as the Participant is employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and continuing for twelve (12) months (or such longer period as may be provided in an employment or similar agreement between the Participant and the Company or one of its Subsidiaries) following a termination of such employment due to Permanent Disability or under Sections 3(a)(iii) or (iv) of this Agreement or that occurs after any of the Restricted Stock Units have vested, the Participant will not engage in any Wrongful Solicitation.

6. Confidentiality; Specific Performance.

(a) The Participant agrees with the Company that the Participant will not at any time, except in performance of the Participant’s obligations to the Company hereunder or with the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, reveal to any person, entity, or other organization (other than the Company, or its employees, officers, directors, stockholders, or agents) or use for the Participant’s own benefit any information deemed to be confidential by the Company or any of its Affiliates (“Confidential Information”) relating to the assets, liabilities, employees, goodwill, business, or affairs of the Company or any of its Affiliates, including, without limitation, any information concerning past, present, or prospective customers, manufacturing processes, marketing, operating, or financial data, or other confidential information used by, or useful to, the Company or any of its Affiliates and known (whether or not known with the knowledge and permission of the Company or any of its Affiliates and whether or not at any time prior to the Date of Grant developed, devised, or otherwise created in whole or in part by the efforts of the Participant) to the Participant by reason of the Participant’s employment with, equity holdings in, or other association with the Company or any of its Affiliates. The Participant further agrees that the Participant will retain all copies and extracts of any written Confidential Information acquired or developed by the Participant during any such employment, equity holding, or association in trust for the sole benefit of the Company, its Affiliates, and their successors and assigns. The Participant further agrees that the Participant will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, remove or take from the Company’s or any of its Affiliate’s premises (or if previously removed or taken, the Participant will promptly return) any written Confidential Information or any copies or extracts thereof. Upon the request and at the expense of the Company, the Participant shall promptly make all disclosures, execute

all instruments and papers, and perform all acts reasonably necessary to vest and confirm in the Company and its Affiliates, fully and completely, all rights created or contemplated by this Section 6. The term “Confidential Information” shall not include information that is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by, or at the direction of, the Participant.

(b) The Participant agrees that upon termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason, the Participant will return to the Company immediately all memoranda, books, papers, plans, information, letters and other data, and all copies thereof or therefrom, in any way evidencing (in whole or in part) Confidential Information relating to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates. The Participant further agrees that the Participant will not retain or use for the Participant’s account at any time any trade names, trademark, or other proprietary business designation used or owned in connection with the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

(c) The Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s remedies at law for a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of this Section 6, or Section 4 or 5 above, would be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, the Participant agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, the Company, without posting any bond, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining order, temporary or permanent injunction, or any other equitable remedy which may then be available.

7. Taxes.

(a) This Section 7(a) applies only to (a) all Participants who are U.S. employees, and (b) to those Participants who are employed by a Subsidiary of the Company that is obligated under applicable local law to withhold taxes with respect to the settlement of the Restricted Stock Units. Such Participant shall pay to the Company or a designated Subsidiary, promptly upon request, and in any event at the time the Participant recognizes taxable income with respect to the Restricted Stock Units, an amount equal to the taxes the Company determines it is required to withhold under applicable tax laws with respect to the Restricted Stock Units. The Participant may satisfy the foregoing requirement by making a payment to the Company in cash or, with the approval of the Plan administrator, by delivering already owned unrestricted Shares or by having the Company withhold a number of Shares in which the Participant would otherwise become vested under this Agreement, in each case, having a value equal to the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld. Such Shares shall be valued at their fair market value on the date as of which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined.

(b) The Participant acknowledges that the tax laws and regulations applicable to the Restricted Stock Units and the disposition of the shares following the settlement of Restricted Stock Units are complex and subject to change.

Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) (or any other federal or state statutes having similar requirements as may be in effect at that time).

9. No Obligation to Register. The Company shall be under no obligation to register any shares as a result of the settlement of the Restricted Stock Units pursuant to the Securities Act or any other federal or state securities laws.

10. Market Stand-Off. In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act for such period as the Company or its underwriters may request (such period not to exceed 180 days following the date of the applicable offering), the Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any of the Restricted Stock Units granted under this Agreement or any shares resulting the settlement thereof without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters.

11. Protections Against Violations of Agreement. No purported sale, assignment, mortgage, hypothecation, transfer, pledge, encumbrance, gift, transfer in trust (voting or other) or other disposition of, or creation of a security interest in or lien on, any of the Restricted Stock Units by any holder thereof in violation of the provisions of this Units Agreement or the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company, will be valid, and the Company will not transfer any shares resulting from the settlement of Restricted Stock Units on its books nor will any of such shares be entitled to vote, nor will any dividends be paid thereon, unless and until there has been full compliance with such provisions to the satisfaction of the Company. The foregoing restrictions are in addition to and not in lieu of any other remedies, legal or equitable, available to enforce such provisions.

12. Rights as a Stockholder. The Participant shall not possess the right to vote the shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units until the Restricted Stock Units have settled in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan.

13. Survival of Terms. This Agreement shall apply to and bind the Participant and the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors. The terms of Sections 4, 5 and 6 shall expressly survive the forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Units and this Agreement.

14. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed, if to the Participant, to the Participant’s attention at the mailing address set forth at the foot of this Agreement (or to such other address as the Participant shall have specified to the Company in writing) and, if to the Company, to the Company’s office at 2366 Bernville Road, Reading, Pennsylvania 19605, Attention: General Counsel (or to such other address as the Company shall have specified to the Participant in writing). All such notices shall be conclusively deemed to be received and shall be effective, if sent by hand delivery, upon

receipt, or if sent by registered or certified mail, on the fifth day after the day on which such notice is mailed.

15. Waiver. The waiver by either party of compliance with any provision of this Agreement by the other party shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by such party of a provision of this Agreement.

16. Authority of the Administrator. The Plan Administrator, which is the Company’s Compensation Committee, shall have full authority to interpret and construe the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. The determination of the administrator as to any such matter of interpretation or construction shall be final, binding and conclusive.

17. Representations. The Participant has reviewed with his own tax advisors the applicable tax (U.S., foreign, state, and local) consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Participant understands that he (and not the Company) shall be responsible for any tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

18. Investment Representation. The Participant hereby represents and warrants to the Company that the Participant, by reason of the Participant’s business or financial experience (or the business or financial experience of the Participant’s professional advisors who are unaffiliated with and who are not compensated by the Company or any affiliate or selling agent of the Company, directly or indirectly), has the capacity to protect the Participant’s own interests in connection with the transactions contemplated under this Agreement.

19. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. This Agreement and the Plan and the other related agreements expressly referred to herein set forth the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement. The headings of sections and subsections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning of any of the provisions of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, USA.

20. Severability. Should any provision of this Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, or enforceable only if modified, such holding shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Agreement, the balance of which shall continue to be binding upon the parties hereto with any such modification (if any) to become a part hereof and treated as though contained in this original Agreement. Moreover, if one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to scope, activity, subject or otherwise so as to be unenforceable, in lieu of severing such unenforceable provision, such provision or provisions shall be construed by the appropriate judicial body by limiting or reducing it or them, so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear, and such determination by such

judicial body shall not affect the enforceability of such provisions or provisions in any other jurisdiction.

21. Amendments; Construction. The Plan administrator may amend the terms of this Agreement prospectively or retroactively at any time, but no such amendment shall impair the rights of the Participant hereunder without his or her consent. To the extent the terms of Section 4 above conflict with any prior agreement between the parties related to such subject matter, the terms of Section 4 shall supersede such conflicting terms and control. Headings to Sections of this Agreement are intended for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Restricted Stock Units and shall have no affect on the interpretation hereof.

22. Acceptance. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Agreement. The Participant has read and understand the terms and provision thereof, and accepts the shares of Restricted Stock Units subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under this Agreement.

23. Miscellaneous.

(a) No Rights to Grants or Continued Employment. The Participant acknowledges that the award granted under this Agreement is not employment compensation nor is it an employment right, and is being granted at the sole discretion of the Company’s Compensation Committee. The Participant shall not have any claim or right to receive grants of Awards under the Plan. Neither the Plan or this Agreement, nor any action taken or omitted to be taken hereunder or thereunder, shall be deemed to create or confer on the Participant any right to be retained as an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof, or to interfere with or to limit in any way the right of the Company or any Affiliate or Subsidiary thereof to terminate the employment of the Participant at any time.

(b) No Restriction on Right of Company to Effect Corporate Changes. Neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall affect in any way the right or power of the Company or its stockholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations, or other changes in the Company’s capital structure or its business, or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or any issue of stock or of options, warrants or rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred, or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of the assets or business of the Company, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

(c) Assignment. The Company shall have the right to assign any of its rights and to delegate any of its duties under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates.

from service” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h) or any successor thereto. In addition, if a Participant is deemed to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then with regard to any payment or the provisions of any benefit that is required to be delayed pursuant to Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), such payment or benefit shall not be made or provided prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6) month period measured from the date of the Participant’s “separation from service” (as such term is defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h)), or (ii) the date of the Participant’s death (the “Delay Period”). Within ten (10) days following the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to the Participant in a lump sum, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE NULL AND VOID AND UNENFORCEABLE BY THE PARTICIPANT UNLESS SIGNED AND DELIVERED TO THE COMPANY NOT LATER THAN THIRTY (30) DAYS SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF GRANT SET FORTH BELOW.

BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTICIPANT IS HEREBY CONSENTING TO THE PROCESSING AND TRANSFER OF THE PARTICIPANT’S PERSONAL DATA BY THE COMPANY TO THE EXTENT NECESSARY TO ADMINISTER AND PROCESS THE AWARDS GRANTED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer and the Participant has executed this Agreement, both as of the day and year first above written.


ENERSYS

By:
Name:		John D. Craig
Title:		Chairman, President & CEO

PARTICIPANT


Name:
Address:

Date of Grant: __________

Number of Shares of Restricted Stock Units: _______

Form of Market Share Restricted Stock Unit Agreement-Employees

Exhibit 10.32

ENERSYS

AWARD AGREEMENT FOR EMPLOYEES – MARKET SHARE UNITS

UNDER THE 2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

THIS AWARD AGREEMENT FOR EMPLOYEES – MARKET SHARE UNITS (this “Agreement”), dated as of , is between ENERSYS, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the individual identified on the signature page hereof (the “Participant”).

BACKGROUND

A. The Participant is currently an employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries.

B. The Company desires to (i) provide the Participant with an incentive to remain in the employ of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) increase the Participant’s interest in the success of the Company by granting market share units, a form of restricted Stock Unit under the Plan (the “Market Share Units”), to the Participant.

C. This grant of Market Share Units is (i) made pursuant to the EnerSys 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”); (ii) made subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and (iii) not employment compensation nor an employment right and is made in the discretion of the Company’s Compensation Committee.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions; Incorporation of Plan Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan. This Agreement and the Market Share Units shall be subject to the Plan. The terms of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by reference. If there is a conflict or an inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.

2. Grant of Market Share Units.

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Participant the number of Market Share Units specified on the signature page of this Agreement. The Company shall credit to a bookkeeping account maintained by the Company, or a third party on behalf of the Company, for the Participant’s benefit the number of Market Share Units, each of which shall be deemed to be the equivalent of one share of the Company’s Common Stock.

(b) If the Company declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of cash, then a number of additional Market Share Units shall be credited to

the Participant as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution equal to the result of dividing (i) the product of the total number of Market Share Units as of the record date for such

(c) dividend or distribution (other than previously settled or forfeited Market Share Units) times the per share amount of such dividend or distribution, by (ii) the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock as of the record date for such dividend or distribution. Any Market Share Units payable under this subsection shall: (i) be or become vested to the same extent as the underlying Market Share Unit, (ii) be settled on the settlement date under Section 3(d) for the underlying Market Share Unit, and (iii) be subject to the Payout Factor that applies to the underlying Market Share Unit.

(d) If the Company declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of additional shares, or there occurs a forward split of Common Stock, then a number of additional Market Share Units shall be credited to the Participant as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution or forward split equal to (i) the number of Market Share Units credited to the Participant as of the record date for such dividend or distribution or split (other than previously settled or forfeited Market Share Units), multiplied by (ii) the number of additional shares actually paid as a dividend or distribution or issued in such split in respect of each outstanding share of Common Stock. Any Market Share Units payable under this subsection shall: (i) be or become vested to the same extent as the underlying Market Share Unit, (ii) be settled on the settlement date under Section 3(d) for the underlying Market Share Unit, and (iii) be subject to the Payout Factor that applies to the underlying Market Share Unit.

3. Terms and Conditions. All of the Market Share Units shall initially be unvested.

(a) Vesting. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, the Market Share Units shall be subject to the restrictions and conditions set forth herein. Vesting of the Market Share Units is conditioned upon the Participant remaining continuously employed by the Company or a Subsidiary following the Date of Grant until the third anniversary of the Date of Grant (the “Vesting Date”), subject to the provisions of this Section 3.

(i) The Market Share Units shall vest to the extent provided in the following schedule (the “Normal Vesting Schedule”):

(A)

Vesting Date

(B)

Payout Factor

(C)

Number of Market Share Units Vested

Third anniversary of Date of Grant

Share Price on Vesting Date divided by Share Price on Date of Grant

(x) Number of Market Share Units specified on the signature page of this Agreement plus any additional Market Share Units credited under Sections 2(b) and (c) multiplied by (y) the Payout Factor in Column B

(ii) For purposes of the table set forth above—

Vesting Date or Date of Grant, the closing prices during the ninety (90) day calendar days immediately preceding the most recent date on which there were trades shall be used.

(2) “Payout Factor” shall be rounded to the nearest hundredth (two places after the decimal), except that if the “Payout Factor” equals more than 2.00, the Payout Factor used in Column C shall be 2.00.

(iii) Any Market Share Units that fail to vest because the employment condition is not satisfied shall be forfeited, subject to the special provisions set forth in subsections (iv) through (vii) of this Section 3.

(iv) In the event of a Change in Control prior to the Vesting Date where the holders of the Company’s Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, the Market Share Units shall immediately become vested. Any Market Share Unit that vests as a result of a Change in Control under this subsection shall vest based on the Payout Factor determined by substituting the date of such Change in Control for the Vesting Date.

(v) If the Participant’s employment terminates due to death or Permanent Disability, or if, on or within two years after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control described in Section 3(a)(iv) above), the Participant terminates employment for Good Reason, or is terminated by the Company without Cause, Market Share Units not previously vested shall immediately become vested based on the Payout Factor determined by substituting the date of such termination of employment for the Vesting Date.

(vi) In the event of the Participant’s resignation or termination of employment (other than for Cause) on or after the earlier of (A) the Participant’s 60th birthday and having attained ten (10) years of service with the Company or a Subsidiary (including years of service granted by the Company as a result of a merger, acquisition, or other transaction) or (B) the Participant’s 65th birthday (a “Retirement”), the Compensation Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, whether and the manner in which Market Share Units not previously vested (or any portion thereof) shall-be vested and transferred to such Participant. In the absence of Compensation Committee action, upon such Retirement, the Participant shall forfeit any and all Market Share Units which have not vested as of the date of such termination and such units shall revert to the Company without consideration of any kind. To the extent the Participant’s Retirement date and vesting date under this Section 3(a)(vi) are in different tax years, any amount payable under this subsection shall constitute the payment of nonqualified deferred compensation, subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A.

(b) Restrictions on Transfer. Until the earlier of the Vesting Date, the date of a Change in Control described in Section 3(a)(iv), the date of a termination of employment due to death or Permanent Disability, or the date of a termination of employment on or within two years after a Change in Control described in Section 3(a)(v), or as otherwise provided in the Plan, no transfer of the Market Share Units or any of the Participant’s rights with respect to the Market Share Units, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise, shall be permitted. Unless the Company’s Compensation Committee determines otherwise, upon any attempt to transfer any Market Share Units or any rights in respect of the Market Share Units

before the earlier of the Vesting Date, the date of a Change in Control described in Section 3(a)(iv), the date of a termination of employment due to death or Permanent Disability, or the date of a termination of employment on or within two years after a Change in Control described in Section 3(a)(v), such unit, and all of the rights related to such unit, shall be immediately forfeited by the Participant and transferred to, and reacquired by, the Company without consideration of any kind.

(c) Forfeiture. Upon termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary for any reason other than one of the reasons set forth in subsections (v) and (vi) of Section 3(a), the Participant shall forfeit any and all Market Share Units which have not vested as of the date of such termination and such units shall revert to the Company without consideration of any kind.

(d) Settlement. Market Share Units not previously forfeited shall be settled on the earlier of the Vesting Date, the date of a Change in Control described in Section 3(a)(iv), the date of a termination of employment due to death or Permanent Disability, or the date of a termination of employment on or within two years after a Change in Control described in Section 3(a)(v) by delivery of one share of common stock for each Market Share Unit being settled.

4. Noncompetition. The Participant agrees with the Company that, for so long as the Participant is employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and continuing for twelve (12) months (or such longer period as may be provided in an employment or similar agreement between the Participant and the Company or one of its Subsidiaries) following a termination of such employment under Sections 3(a)(v) or (vi) of this Agreement or that occurs after any of the Market Share Units have vested, the Participant will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, and whether as principal or investor or as an employee, officer, director, manager, partner, consultant, agent, or otherwise, alone or in association with any other person, firm, corporation, or other business organization, become involved in a Competing Business in the Americas, Europe or Asia, or any geographic area in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has engaged during such period in any of the activities that comprise a Competing Business, or in which the Participant has knowledge of the Company’s plans to engage in any of the activities that comprise a Competing Business (including, without limitation, any area in which any customer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may be located); provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 4 shall apply solely to those activities of a Competing Business, with which the Participant was personally involved or for which the Participant was responsible while employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries during the twelve (12) month period preceding termination of the Participant’s employment. This Section 4 will not be violated, however, by Participant’s investment of up to $100,000 in the aggregate in one or several publicly-traded companies that engage in a competing business.

5. Wrongful Solicitation. As a separate and independent covenant, the Participant agrees with the Company that, for so long as the Participant is employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and continuing for twelve (12) months (or such longer period as may be provided in an employment or similar agreement between the Participant and the Company or one of its Subsidiaries) following a termination of such employment under Sections 3(a)(v) or (vi) of this Agreement or that occurs after any of the Market Share Units have vested, the Participant will not engage in any Wrongful Solicitation.

6. Confidentiality; Specific Performance.

7. Taxes.

(a) This Section 7(a) applies only to (a) all Participants who are U.S. employees, and (b) to those Participants who are employed by a Subsidiary of the Company that is obligated under applicable local law to withhold taxes with respect to the settlement of the Market Share Units. Such Participant shall pay to the Company or a designated Subsidiary, promptly upon request, and in any event at the time the Participant recognizes taxable income with respect to the Market Share Units, an amount equal to the taxes the Company determines it is required to withhold under applicable tax laws with respect to the Market Share Units. The Participant may satisfy the foregoing requirement by making a payment to the Company in cash or, with the approval of the Plan administrator, by delivering already owned unrestricted shares of Common Stock or by having the Company withhold a number of shares of Common Stock in which the Participant would otherwise become vested under this Agreement, in each case, having a value equal to the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld. Such shares shall be valued at their fair market value on the date as of which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined.

(b) The Participant acknowledges that the tax laws and regulations applicable to the Market Share Units and the disposition of the shares following the settlement of Market Share Units are complex and subject to change.

8. Securities Laws Requirements. The Company shall not be obligated to transfer any shares following the settlement of Market Share Units to the Participant free of a restrictive legend if such transfer, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, would violate the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) (or any other federal or state statutes having similar requirements as may be in effect at that time).

9. No Obligation to Register. The Company shall be under no obligation to register any shares as a result of the settlement of the Market Share Units pursuant to the Securities Act or any other federal or state securities laws.

10. Market Stand-Off. In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act for such period as the Company or its underwriters may request (such period not to exceed 180 days following the date of the applicable offering), the Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any of the Market Share Units granted under this Agreement or any shares resulting the settlement thereof without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters.

any shares resulting from the settlement of Market Share Units on its books nor will any of such shares be entitled to vote, nor will any dividends be paid thereon, unless and until there has been full compliance with such provisions to the satisfaction of the Company. The foregoing restrictions are in addition to and not in lieu of any other remedies, legal or equitable, available to enforce such provisions.

12. Rights as a Stockholder. The Participant shall not possess the right to vote the shares underlying the Market Share Units until the Market Share Units have settled in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan.

of the Company, directly or indirectly), has the capacity to protect the Participant’s own interests in connection with the transactions contemplated under this Agreement.

21. Amendments; Construction. The Plan administrator may amend the terms of this Agreement prospectively or retroactively at any time, but no such amendment shall impair the rights of the Participant hereunder without his or her consent. To the extent the terms of Section 4 above conflict with any prior agreement between the parties related to such subject matter, the terms of Section 4 shall supersede such conflicting terms and control. Headings to Sections of this Agreement are intended for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Market Share Units and shall have no affect on the interpretation hereof.

22. Acceptance. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Agreement. The Participant has read and understand the terms and provision thereof, and accepts the shares of Market Share Units subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under this Agreement.

23. Miscellaneous.

(c) Assignment. The Company shall have the right to assign any of its rights and to delegate any of its duties under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates.

24. Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the receipt of any benefits under this Agreement as a result of a termination of employment shall be subject to satisfaction of the condition precedent that the Participant undergo a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h) or any successor thereto. In addition, if a Participant is deemed to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then with regard to any payment or the provisions of any benefit that is required to be delayed pursuant to Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), such payment or benefit shall not be made or provided prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6) month period measured from the date of the Participant’s “separation from service” (as such term is defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h)), or (ii) the date of the Participant’s death (the “Delay Period”). Within ten (10) days following the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to the Participant in a lump sum, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE NULL AND VOID AND UNENFORCEABLE BY THE PARTICIPANT UNLESS SIGNED AND DELIVERED TO THE COMPANY NOT LATER THAN THIRTY (30) DAYS SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF GRANT SET FORTH BELOW.


ENERSYS

By:
Name:		John D. Craig
Title:		Chairman, President & CEO

PARTICIPANT


Name:
Address:

Date of Grant: __________

Number of Shares of Market Share Units: _______

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement-Employees-Senior Executives

Exhibit 10.33

ENERSYS

AWARD AGREEMENT FOR EMPLOYEES – RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

UNDER THE 2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

BACKGROUND

A. The Participant is currently an employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

2. Grant of Restricted Stock Units.

3. Terms and Conditions. All of the Restricted Stock Units shall initially be unvested.

(ii) If the Participant’s employment terminates due to death or Permanent Disability or in the event of a Change in Control where the holders of the Company’s Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, Restricted Stock Units not previously vested shall immediately become vested.

(iii) If, on or within two years after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control described in Section 3(a)(ii) above), the Participant terminates employment for Good Reason, or is terminated by the Company without Cause, Restricted Stock Units not previously vested shall immediately become vested.

of service granted by the Company as a result of a merger, acquisition, or other transaction) or (B) the Participant’s 65th birthday (a “Retirement”), where such Retirement is on or after the first anniversary of the Date of Grant, Restricted Stock Units not previously vested shall not then be forfeited, but shall continue to vest and be settled pursuant to the Normal Vesting Schedule (without regard to the requirement that the Participant be employed); provided, however, that such Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer contained in Section 3(b) of this Agreement until the date such Restricted Stock Units vest pursuant to the Normal Vesting Schedule. If the Participant’s Retirement occurs prior to the first anniversary of the Date of Grant, Restricted Stock Units not previously vested shall continue to vest and be settled in accordance with this subsection (iv); provided, however, that such vesting and settlement shall be on a pro-rata basis based on the number of calendar days the Participant has been employed by the Company during the period beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the date of the first anniversary of the Date of Grant. To the extent the Participant’s Retirement date and vesting date under this Section 3(a)(iv) are in different tax years, any amount payable under this subsection shall constitute the payment of nonqualified deferred compensation, subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A.

4. Noncompetition. The Participant agrees with the Company that, for so long as the Participant is employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and continuing for twelve (12) months (or such longer period as may be provided in an employment or similar agreement between the Participant and the Company or one of its Subsidiaries) following a termination of such employment due to Permanent Disability or under Sections 3(a)(iii) or (iv) of this Agreement or that occurs after any of the Restricted Stock Units have vested, the Participant will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, and whether as principal or investor or as an employee, officer, director, manager, partner, consultant, agent, or otherwise, alone or in association with any other person, firm, corporation, or other business organization, become involved in a Competing Business Americas, Europe or Asia, or in any geographic area in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has engaged during such period in any of the activities that comprise a Competing Business, or in which the Participant has knowledge of the Company’s plans to engage in any of the activities that comprise a Competing Business (including, without limitation, any area in which any customer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may be located); provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 4 shall apply solely to those activities of a Competing Business, with which the Participant was personally involved or for which the Participant was responsible while employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries during the twelve (12) month period preceding termination of the Participant’s employment. This Section 4 will not be violated, however, by Participant’s investment of up to $100,000 in the aggregate in one or several publicly-traded companies that engage in a competing business. The restrictions of this Section 4 shall also apply during the continued vesting period after Retirement described in Section 3(a)(vi).

6. Confidentiality; Specific Performance.

whole or in part by the efforts of the Participant) to the Participant by reason of the Participant’s employment with, equity holdings in, or other association with the Company or any of its Affiliates. The Participant further agrees that the Participant will retain all copies and extracts of any written Confidential Information acquired or developed by the Participant during any such employment, equity holding, or association in trust for the sole benefit of the Company, its Affiliates, and their successors and assigns. The Participant further agrees that the Participant will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, remove or take from the Company’s or any of its Affiliate’s premises (or if previously removed or taken, the Participant will promptly return) any written Confidential Information or any copies or extracts thereof. Upon the request and at the expense of the Company, the Participant shall promptly make all disclosures, execute all instruments and papers, and perform all acts reasonably necessary to vest and confirm in the Company and its Affiliates, fully and completely, all rights created or contemplated by this Section 6. The term “Confidential Information” shall not include information that is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by, or at the direction of, the Participant.

7. Taxes.

minimum amount of tax required to be withheld. Such Shares shall be valued at their fair market value on the date as of which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined.

8. Securities Laws Requirements. The Company shall not be obligated to transfer any shares following the settlement of Restricted Stock Units to the Participant free of a restrictive legend if such transfer, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, would violate the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) (or any other federal or state statutes having similar requirements as may be in effect at that time).

be binding upon the parties hereto with any such modification (if any) to become a part hereof and treated as though contained in this original Agreement. Moreover, if one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to scope, activity, subject or otherwise so as to be unenforceable, in lieu of severing such unenforceable provision, such provision or provisions shall be construed by the appropriate judicial body by limiting or reducing it or them, so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear, and such determination by such judicial body shall not affect the enforceability of such provisions or provisions in any other jurisdiction.

23. Miscellaneous.

(c) Assignment. The Company shall have the right to assign any of its rights and to delegate any of its duties under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE NULL AND VOID AND UNENFORCEABLE BY THE PARTICIPANT UNLESS SIGNED AND DELIVERED TO THE COMPANY NOT LATER THAN THIRTY (30) DAYS SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF GRANT SET FORTH BELOW.


ENERSYS

By:
Name:		John D. Craig
Title:		Chairman, President & CEO

PARTICIPANT


Name:
Address:

Date of Grant: __________

Number of Shares of Market Share Units: _______

Form of Market Share Restricted Stock Unit Agreement-Employees-Senior Executives

Exhibit 10.34

ENERSYS

AWARD AGREEMENT FOR EMPLOYEES – MARKET SHARE UNITS

UNDER THE 2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

BACKGROUND

A. The Participant is currently an employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries.

B. The Company desires to (i) provide the Participant with an incentive to remain in the employ of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) increase the Participant’s interest in the success of the Company by granting market share units, a form of restricted Stock Unit under the Plan (the “Market Share Units”), to the Participant.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions; Incorporation of Plan Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan. This Agreement and the Market Share Units shall be subject to the Plan. The terms of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by reference. If there is a conflict or an inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.

2. Grant of Market Share Units.

(b) If the Company declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of cash, then a number of additional Market Share Units shall be credited to the Participant as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution equal to the result of dividing (i) the product of the total number of Market Share Units as of the record date for such

3. Terms and Conditions. All of the Market Share Units shall initially be unvested.

(i) The Market Share Units shall vest to the extent provided in the following schedule (the “Normal Vesting Schedule”):

(A)

Vesting Date

(B)

Payout Factor

(C)

Number of Market Share Units Vested

Third anniversary of Date of Grant

Share Price on Vesting Date divided by Share Price on Date of Grant

(ii) For purposes of the table set forth above—

(1) “Share Price” shall equal the average of the closing share prices of the Company’s Common Stock during the ninety (90) calendar days immediately preceding the Vesting Date or Date of Grant, as applicable. If there were no trades on the Vesting Date or Date of Grant, the closing prices during the ninety (90) day calendar days immediately preceding the most recent date on which there were trades shall be used.

(vi) In the event of the Participant’s resignation or termination of employment (other than for Cause) on or after the earlier of (A) the Participant’s 60th birthday and having attained ten (10) years of service with the Company or a Subsidiary (including years of service granted by the Company as a result of a merger, acquisition, or other transaction) or (B) the Participant’s 65th birthday (a “Retirement”), where such Retirement is on or after the first anniversary of the Date of Grant, Market Share Units not previously vested shall not then be forfeited, but shall continue to vest and be settled pursuant to the Normal Vesting Schedule (without regard to the requirement that the Participant be employed); provided, however, that such Market Share Units shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer contained in Section 3(b) of this Agreement until the Vesting Date. If the Participant’s Retirement occurs prior to the first anniversary of the Date of Grant, unvested Market Share Units shall continue to vest and be settled in accordance with this subsection (vi); provided, however, that such vesting and settlement shall be on a pro-rata basis based on the number of calendar days the Participant has been employed by the Company during the period beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant. To the extent the Participant’s Retirement date and the Vesting Date are in different tax years, any amount payable under this subsection shall constitute the payment of nonqualified deferred compensation, subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A.

permitted. Unless the Company’s Compensation Committee determines otherwise, upon any attempt to transfer any Market Share Units or any rights in respect of the Market Share Units before the earlier of the Vesting Date, the date of a Change in Control described in Section 3(a)(iv), the date of a termination of employment due to death or Permanent Disability, or the date of a termination of employment on or within two years after a Change in Control described in Section 3(a)(v), such unit, and all of the rights related to such unit, shall be immediately forfeited by the Participant and transferred to, and reacquired by, the Company without consideration of any kind.

(d) Settlement. Market Share Units not previously forfeited shall be settled on the earlier of the Vesting Date, the date of a Change in Control described in Section 3(a)(iv), the date of a termination of employment due to death or Permanent Disability ,or the date of a termination of employment on or within two years after a Change in Control described in Section 3(a)(v) by delivery of one share of common stock for each Market Share Unit being settled.

provided in an employment or similar agreement between the Participant and the Company or one of its Subsidiaries) following a termination of such employment under Sections 3(a)(v) or (vi) of this Agreement or that occurs after any of the Market Share Units have vested, the Participant will not engage in any Wrongful Solicitation. The restrictions of this Section 5 shall also apply during the continued vesting period after Retirement described in Section 3(a)(vi).

6. Confidentiality; Specific Performance.

7. Taxes.

(a) This Section 7(a) applies only to (a) all Participants who are U.S. employees, and (b) to those Participants who are employed by a Subsidiary of the Company that is obligated under applicable local law to withhold taxes with respect to the settlement of the Market Share Units. Such Participant shall pay to the Company or a designated Subsidiary, promptly upon request, and in any event at the time the Participant recognizes taxable income with respect to the Market Share Units, an amount equal to the taxes the Company determines it is required to withhold under applicable tax laws with respect to the Market Share Units. The Participant may satisfy the foregoing requirement by making a payment to the Company in cash or, with the approval of the Plan administrator, by delivering already owned unrestricted shares of Common Stock or by having the Company withhold a number of shares of Common Stock in which the Participant would otherwise become vested under this Agreement, in each case, having a value equal to the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld. Such shares shall be valued at their fair market value on the date as of which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined.

10. Market Stand-Off. In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act for such period as the Company or its underwriters may request (such period not to exceed 180 days following the date of the applicable offering), the Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any of the Market Share Units granted under this Agreement or any shares

resulting the settlement thereof without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters.

11. Protections Against Violations of Agreement. No purported sale, assignment, mortgage, hypothecation, transfer, pledge, encumbrance, gift, transfer in trust (voting or other) or other disposition of, or creation of a security interest in or lien on, any of the Market Share Units by any holder thereof in violation of the provisions of this Units Agreement or the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company, will be valid, and the Company will not transfer any shares resulting from the settlement of Market Share Units on its books nor will any of such shares be entitled to vote, nor will any dividends be paid thereon, unless and until there has been full compliance with such provisions to the satisfaction of the Company. The foregoing restrictions are in addition to and not in lieu of any other remedies, legal or equitable, available to enforce such provisions.

the Company) shall be responsible for any tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

21. Amendments; Construction. The Plan administrator may amend the terms of this Agreement prospectively or retroactively at any time, but no such amendment shall impair the rights of the Participant hereunder without his or her consent. To the extent the terms of Section 4 above conflict with any prior agreement between the parties related to such subject matter, the terms of Section 4 shall supersede such conflicting terms and control. Headings to Sections of this Agreement are intended for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Market Share Units and shall have no affect on the interpretation hereof.

22. Acceptance. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Agreement. The Participant has read and understand the terms and provision thereof, and accepts the shares of Market Share Units subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under this Agreement.

23. Miscellaneous.

(c) Assignment. The Company shall have the right to assign any of its rights and to delegate any of its duties under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates.

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE NULL AND VOID AND UNENFORCEABLE BY THE PARTICIPANT UNLESS SIGNED AND DELIVERED TO THE COMPANY NOT LATER THAN THIRTY (30) DAYS SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF GRANT SET FORTH BELOW.


ENERSYS

By:
Name:		John D. Craig
Title:		Chairman, President & CEO

PARTICIPANT


Name:
Address:

Date of Grant: ________

Number of Shares of Market Share Units: _________

Form of Deferred Stock Unit Agreement- Non-Employee Directors

Exhibit 10.35

ENERSYS

AWARD AGREEMENT FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

DEFERRED STOCK UNITS

THIS AWARD AGREEMENT FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS – DSUs (this “Award Agreement”) is made as of (the “Grant Date”) between EnerSys, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the individual identified on the signature page hereof (the “Director”).

WHEREAS, the Director is currently a non-employee director of the Company and, pursuant to the EnerSys 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, the Company desires to provide the Participant with an incentive to increase the Director’s interest in the success of the Company through the granting to the Director of deferred stock units (“DSUs”).

1. Grant of Deferred Stock Units. Subject to the provisions of this Award Agreement and pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Director the number of DSUs specified on the signature page hereof.

2. Terms Subject to the Plan. This Award Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the provisions of the Plan and unless the context requires otherwise, terms used herein shall have the same meaning as in the Plan. In the event of a conflict between or among the provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, the Plan shall control.

3. DSU Account.

The Company shall credit to a bookkeeping account (the “Account”) maintained by the Company, or a third party on behalf of the Company, for the Director’s benefit the DSUs, each of which shall be deemed to be the equivalent of one share of the Company’s common stock, par value $.0.01 per share (each, a “Share”).

Whenever any cash dividends are declared on the Shares, on the date such dividend is paid, the Company will credit to the Account a number of additional DSUs equal to the result of dividing (i) the product of the total number of DSUs credited to the Account on the record date for such dividend and the per Share amount of such dividend by (ii) the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date such dividend is paid by the Company to the holders of Shares.

Whenever any dividends or distributions are declared on the Shares in the form of additional Shares, or there occurs a forward split of Shares, then a number of additional DSUs shall be credited to the Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution or forward split equal to (i) the number of DSUs credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution or split, multiplied by (ii) the number of additional Shares actually paid as a dividend or distribution or issued in such split in respect of each outstanding Share.

Page 1 of 4

Any additional DSUs credited under Sections 3(b) and (c) shall be or become vested to the same extent as the underlying DSUs and be settled and distributed on the same date as the underlying DSUs.

4. Vesting. The Director’s rights with respect to the DSUs granted hereunder shall be 100% vested at all times.

5. Forfeiture and Clawback. If, at any time prior to the first anniversary of when the Director ceases service as a director of the Company for any reason, the Director engages in any activity in competition with any activity of the Company, or inimical, contrary or harmful to the interests of the Company, including, but not limited to: (i) conduct related to the Director’s service as a director of the Company for which either criminal or civil penalties against the Director may be sought, (ii) material violation of the Company’s policies, or (iii) disclosure or misuse of any confidential information or material concerning the Company, then (A) the DSUs shall be forfeited effective as of the date on which the Director enters into such activity, and (B) the Director shall within ten (10) after written notice from the Company return to the Company the Shares paid by the Company to the Director with respect to the DSUs and, if the Director has previously sold all or a portion of the Shares paid to the Director by the Company, the Director shall pay the proceeds of such sale to the Company.

6. Payment of DSUs. Payment of the Director’s Account shall be made in one lump sum on the date that is six (6) months following the date of the Director’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h)). If the New York Stock Exchange (or any successor exchange or stock market on which shares of the Company’s common stock are traded) is not open on such day, then payment shall be made on the next day the New York Stock Exchange (or any successor exchange or stock market on which shares of the Company’s common stock are traded) is open.

7. Form of Payment. Payments pursuant to Section 6 shall be made in Shares equal to the number of DSUs credited to the Account.

8. Beneficiary. In the event of the Director’s death prior to payment of the DSUs credited to the Account, payment shall be made to the last beneficiary designated in writing that is received by the Company prior to the Director’s death or, if no designated beneficiary survives the Director, such payment shall be made to the Director’s estate.

9. Source of Payments. The Director’s right to receive payment under this Award Agreement shall be an unfunded entitlement and shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Company. The Director has only the status of a general unsecured creditor hereunder, and this Award Agreement constitutes only a promise by the Company to pay the value of the Account on the Payment Date.

10. Nontransferability. Except as permitted by the Plan, this Award Agreement shall not be assignable or transferable by the Director or by the Company (other than to successors of the Company) and no amounts payable under this Award Agreement, or any rights therein, shall be subject in any manner to any anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment,

Page 2 of 4

pledge, encumbrance, levy, lien, attachment, garnishment, debt or other charge or disposition of any kind.

11. No Guarantee of Membership. The award of DSUs by the Company under this Award Agreement to the Director shall not be deemed to be a contract between the Company and the Director to retain his or her position as a director of the Company.

12. Taxes. The Director shall be solely responsible for all applicable income and self-employment taxes and other wage deductions incurred in connection with the vesting and settlement of the DSUs subject to this Award Agreement. Unless required to do so by applicable law, the Company and its affiliates shall not pay or withhold any Federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes of any kind with respect thereto. Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold the Director harmless from any or all such taxes.

13. Notices. All notices required or permitted under this Award Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or by mailing the same by registered or certified mail postage prepaid, to the other party. Notice given by mail shall be deemed delivered at the time and on the date the same is postmarked.

Notices to the Company should be addressed to:

EnerSys

2366 Bernville Rd.

Reading, PA 19605

Attention: General Counsel

Notices to the Director should be addressed to the Director at the Director’s address as it appears on the Company’s records. The Company or the Director may by writing to the other party, designate a different address for notices.

14. Successors and Assigns. This Award Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the heirs, legatees, distributees, executors and administrators of the Director and the successors and assigns of the Company.

15. Governing Law. This Award Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, other than its conflict of laws principles.

16. Entire Agreement; Modification. This Award Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to the subject matter of this Award Agreement. This Award Agreement may be modified, amended or rescinded only by a written agreement executed by both parties.

17. Severability. The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this Award Agreement shall in no way affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision.

Page 3 of 4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Award Agreement has been executed by the Company and the Director, effective as of the date on the first page of this Award Agreement.


ENERSYS

By:
		John D. Craig Chairman, President & CEO

_______________________________________
_____________, Director

Date of Grant: ___________

Number of DSUs: ___________

Page 4 of 4

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

Exhibit 12.1

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

EnerSys

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

The following table sets forth the ratio of earnings to fixed charges of the Company for the five fiscal years ended March 31, 2011:


	Fiscal year ended March 31,
	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
	(dollars in thousands)

Earnings:
Income before provision for income taxes	$	151,444	$	87,255	$	119,100	$	86,195	$	63,102
Plus: fixed charges		32,679		32,573		37,544		39,140		38,638


Total		184,123		119,828		156,644		125,335		101,740


Fixed charges:
Interest expense	$	23,330	$	23,587	$	27,795	$	29,746	$	29,613
Interest within rental expense		9,349		8,986		9,749		9,394		9,025


Total		32,679		32,573		37,544		39,140		38,638


Ratio of earnings to fixed charges		5.63		3.68		4.17		3.20		2.63

NOTE: These ratios include EnerSys and its consolidated subsidiaries. The ratio of earnings to fixed charges was computed by dividing earnings by fixed charges for the periods indicated, where “earnings” consist of (1) earnings from operations before income taxes plus (2) fixed charges, and “fixed charges” consist of (a) interest, whether expensed or capitalized, on all indebtedness, including non-cash interest accreted on Convertible Notes of $5,917 and $5,439, respectively, in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, (b) amortization of premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses related to indebtedness, and (c) an interest component representing one-third of total operating lease rental expense, which is that portion deemed to be interest. Interest related to uncertain tax positions is included in the tax provision in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income and is excluded from the computation of fixed charges.

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Exhibit 21.1

ENERSYS

Subsidiaries


Subsidiary		Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
EnerSys Australia Pty Ltd.		Australia
EnerSys GmbH		Austria
EnerSys SPRL		Belgium
EnerSys Participacoes Ltda.		Brazil
EnerSys AD (98%)		Bulgaria
EnerSys Canada Inc.		Canada
EnerSys Cayman Euro L.P.		Cayman Islands
EnerSys Cayman Holdings L.P.		Cayman Islands
EnerSys Cayman Inc.		Cayman Islands
EnerSys Cayman L.P.		Cayman Islands
YCI, Inc.		Cayman Islands
EnerSys (Chaozhou) Huada Batteries Company Limited		China
EnerSys (Chongqing) Huada Batteries Company Limited		China
EnerSys (China) Huada Batteries Company Limited		China
EnerSys (Jiangsu) Huada Batteries Company Limited (94.7%)		China
Shenzhen Huada Power Supply Mechanical & Electrical Co. Ltd. (80%)		China
EnerSys, s.r.o.		Czech Republic
EnerSys A/S		Denmark
EnerSys Europe Oy		Finland
EnerSys SARL		France
GAZ GmbH		Germany
Hawker GmbH		Germany
EnerSys AE		Greece
EnerSys Asia Limited		Hong Kong
EnerSys Hungária Kft.		Hungary
EnerSys Battery Private Limited		India
EnerSys S.r.l.		Italy
EnerSys Holdings (Luxembourg) Sarl		Luxembourg
EnerSys Luxembourg Finance Sarl		Luxembourg
EnerSys de Mexico, S.A. de CV		Mexico
Powersonic, S.A. de CV		Mexico
Yecoltd, S. de R.L. de CV		Mexico
EnerSys AS		Norway
EnerSys sp. z o.o.		Poland
Powersafe Acumuladores Industrialis Unipessoal, Lda.		Portugal
EnerSys CJSC		Russia
EnerSys Reserve Power Pte. Ltd.		Singapore
EnerSys s.r.o.		Slovak Republic
Acumuladores Industriales EnerSys SA		Spain
EnerSys AB		Sweden
EH Europe GmbH		Switzerland
OEB Traktionsbatterien AG		Switzerland
EnerSys BV		The Netherlands
EnerSys Assad Sarl (51%)		Tunisia
ABSL Power Solutions Ltd.		United Kingdom
AGM Batteries Ltd.		United Kingdom
EnerSys Holdings UK Ltd.		United Kingdom
EnerSys Ltd.		United Kingdom
ABSL Power Solutions Inc.		Delaware
EnerSys Advanced Systems Inc.		Delaware
EnerSys Capital Inc.		Delaware
EnerSys Delaware LLC I		Delaware
EnerSys Delaware LLC II		Delaware


Subsidiary		Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
EnerSys Delaware LLC III		Delaware
EnerSys Delaware LLC IV		Delaware
EnerSys European Holding Co.		Delaware
EnerSys Delaware Inc.		Delaware
EnerSys Mexico Management LLC		Delaware
Esfinco, Inc.		Delaware
Esrmco, Inc.		Delaware
EnerSys Energy Products Inc.		Delaware
Hawker Powersource, Inc.		Delaware
Hawker Power Systems, Inc.		Delaware
Modular Energy Devices, Inc. (75%)		Delaware
New Pacifico Realty, Inc.		Nevada

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-168717) pertaining to the EnerSys 2010 Equity Incentive Plan,

(2)

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-151000) of EnerSys,

(3)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-143209) pertaining to the EnerSys 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, and

(4)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-120660) pertaining to the EnerSys Employee Stock Purchase Plan and EnerSys 2004 Equity Incentive Plan,

of our reports dated May 31, 2011, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of EnerSys and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of EnerSys, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of EnerSys for the year ended March 31, 2011.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

May 31, 2011

Section 302 CEO Certification

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A)/15D-14(A) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

I, John D. Craig, certify that:

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of EnerSys;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting for the registrant and have:

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting, which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


ENERSYS

By		/s/ John D. Craig
		John D. Craig
		Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: May 31, 2011

Section 302 CFO Certification

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A)/15D-14(A) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

I, Michael J. Schmidtlein, certify that:

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of EnerSys;

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(a)

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


ENERSYS

By		/s/ Michael J. Schmidtlein
		Michael J. Schmidtlein
		Senior Vice President Finance and Chief Financial Officer

Date: May 31, 2011

Section 906 CEO and CFO Certification

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

18. U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of EnerSys on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of EnerSys.


ENERSYS

By		/s/ John D. Craig
		John D. Craig
		Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

By		/s/ Michael J. Schmidtlein
		Michael J. Schmidtlein
		Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

Date: May 31, 2011